Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Catalog d23 2 Sinamics DCM Cabinets

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 144

SINAMICS Drives

Answers for industry.


Catalog
D 23.2
Edition
2013
SINAMICS DCM
Cabinet
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM D 23.1
Converter Units
E86060-K5523-A111-A1-7600
Motion Control Drives D 31
SINAMICS and Motors
for Single-Axis Drives
E86060-K5531-A101-A1-7600
SINAMICS G130 D 11
Drive Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150
Drive Converter Cabinet Units
E86060-K5511-A101-A5-7600
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 D 12
Medium-Voltage Converters
E86060-K5512-A101-A3-7600
SINAMICS S120 D 21.3
Chassis Format Units and
Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150
Converter Cabinet Units
E86060-K5521-A131-A3-7600
DC motors DA 12
Sizes 160 to 630
31.5 kW to 1610 kW
E86060-K5312-A101-A2-7600
DC motors DA 12 T
Engineering information
for Catalog DA 12
E86060-T5312-A101-A2-7600
Motion Control PM 21
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS
Equipment for Production Machines
E86060-K4921-A101-A3-7600
SINAMICS S110 PM 22
The Basic Positioning Drive
E86060-K4922-A101-A1-7600
SITRAIN ITC
Training for Automation and
Industrial Solutions
Only available in German
E86060-K6850-A101-C3
Products for Automation CA 01
and Drives
Interactive Catalog
DVD: E86060-D4001-A510-D2-7600
Industry Mall
Information and Ordering Platform
in the Internet:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
Related catalogs
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS Drives
SINAMICS DCM
Cabinet
Catalog D 23.2 2013
Supersedes:
Catalog D 23.2 2012
Siemens AG 2013
The products and sys-
tems described in this
catalog are manufac-
tured/distributed under
application of a certified
quality management
system in accordance
with DIN EN ISO 9001/
DIN EN ISO 14001
(Certified Registration
No. AT-00257/1 and
AT-00355/1). The certifi-
cate is recognized by all
IQNet countries.
Introduction
1
Highlights
2
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
3
Options
4
Engineering information
5
Tools and engineering
6
Services
7
Appendix
8
Printed on paper
from sustainably
managed forests and
controlled sources.
www.pefc.org
Siemens AG 2013
2
Siemens D 23.2 2013
Siemens AG 2013
3
Siemens D 23.2 2013
Answers for industry.
Integrated technologies, vertical market expertise and services
for greater productivity, energy efficiency, and flexibility.
The Siemens Industry Sector is the
world's leading supplier of innovative
and environmentally friendly products
and solutions for industrial companies.
End-to-end automation technology and
industrial software, solid market exper-
tise, and technology-based services are
the levers we use to increase our cus-
tomers productivity, efficiency and
flexibility. With a global workforce of
more than 100 000 employees,
the Industry Sector comprises the
Industry Automation, Drive Technolo-
gies, and Customer Services divisions,
as well as the Metals Technologies
Business Unit.
We consistently rely on integrated tech-
nologies and, thanks to our bundled
portfolio, we can respond more quickly
and flexibly to our customers' wishes.
With our globally unmatched range of
automation technology, industrial
control and drive technology as well as
industrial software, we equip companies
with exactly what they need over their
entire value chain fromproduct de-
sign and development to production,
sales and service. Our industrial custom-
ers benefit from our comprehensive
portfolio, which is tailored to their mar-
ket and their needs.
Market launch times can be reduced by
up to 50% due to the combination of
powerful automation technology and
intelligent industrial software from
Siemens Industry. At the same time, the
costs for energy or waste water for a
manufacturing company can be re-
duced significantly. In this way, we
increase our customers competitive
strength and make an important contri-
bution to environmental protection
with our energy-efficient products and
solutions.
Siemens AG 2013
4
Siemens D 23.2 2013
Contro Leve
Management Leve
Operations Leve SlMATlC PCS 7
Operalor Syslem
SlMATlC lT
Mainlenance|
Assel Managemenl
Lngineering
Slalion
Lnergy
Managemenl
MES - Manuacluring Lxeculion Syslems
ERP - Lnlerprise Pesource Planning
SlNUMLPlK
Compuler Numeric Conlrol
SlMATlC PCS 7
Aulomalion
Syslems
SlMOTlON
Molion Conlrol
SlMATlC NLT
lnduslrial
Communicalion
SlMATlC ldenl
lnduslrial ldenlicalion
Process lnslrumenlalion
Fied Leve
1otay
Integrated
Automation
HAPT
PPOFl8US PA
1IA Porta
SlMATlC Conlrollers
Modular | PC-based
SlMATlC Dislribuled l|O
lO-Link
PLM - Producl Liecycle Managemenl
Producl Design
Produclion Planning and Simulalion
Dala Managemenl
Setting standards in
productivity and competitiveness.
Totally Integrated Automation.
Siemens AG 2013
5
Siemens D 23.2 2013
COMOS
Pant Engineering
SlMATlC WinCC
SCADA Syslem
Llhernel
SlPlUS lnduslrial Conlrols SlMATlC HMl
Human Machine lnlerace
lnduslrial Llhernel
Low-vollage Dislribulion
SlMOTlCS Molors
SlNAMlCS Drive Syslems
1otay
Integrated
Power
PPOFlNLT
lnduslrial Llhernel
PPOFl8US
AS-lnlerace
KNX CAMMA inslabus
Thanks to Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens provides
an integrated basis for the implementation of customized
automation solutions in all industries from inbound to
outbound.
TIA is characterized by its unique continuity.
It provides maximum transparency at all levels
with reduced interfacing requirements covering
the field level, production control level, up to the
corporate management level. With TIA you also
profit throughout the complete life cycle of your
plant starting with the initial planning steps
through operation up to modernization, where
we offer a high measure of investment security re-
sulting from continuity in the further development
of our products and from reducing the number of
interfaces to a minimum.
The unique continuity is already a defined
characteristic at the development stage of
our products and systems.
The result: maximum interoperability covering
the controller, HMI, drives, up to the process
control system. This reduces the complexity of
the automation solution in your plant. You will
experience this, for example, in the engineering
phase of the automation solution in the form of
reduced time requirements and cost, or during
operation using the continuous diagnostics
facilities of Totally Integrated Automation for
increasing the availability of your plant.
Siemens AG 2013
6
Siemens D 23.2 2013
Totally Integrated Power:
Future-proof power supply
fromone source.
Siemens AG 2013
U
I
cos o
P
W
Substation
Distribution
Maintenance
task
Hall 1 Air conditioning system
checkup
Distribution 3 Replacing circuit
breaker contacts
Infeed II Replacing meters
central ON
OFF
local ON
OFF
tripped TOTAL HOURS
DATE
IN
OUT IN
OUT OVERTIME
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
TOTAL HOURS
DATE
IN
OUT IN
OUT OVERTIME
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
TOTAL HOURS
DATE
IN
OUT IN
OUT OVERTIME
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
DATE:
EMPLOYEE
COST CENTER
PAY PERIOD BEGINNING
PAY PERIOD ENDING
Energy Management/
Energy Transparency
Products & Systems
Process/
industrial automation
Planning Software Tools
Medium voltage with
protection technology
Network dimensioning
with SIMARIS design
Space requirements and budget calculation
with SIMARIS project
Transformer Renewables Low voltage with
protection and measuring technology
Visualization of device characteristics
with SIMARIS curves
Operation &
Monitoring
Load
management
Load curves Forecast Maintenance Status
reporting/
failure
management
Protocols Power
Quality
Cost center
Building
automation
110 kV
7
Siemens D 23.2 2013
The power supply system acts like a
vital artery, forming the basis for
the reliable and efficient functioning
of all electrically operated building
installations. Electrical power distribu-
tion therefore requires integrated
solutions. Our answer:
Totally Integrated Power (TIP).
This includes software tools and
support for planning and configuration
and a complete, optimally aligned
product and system portfolio for
integrated power distribution from
medium-voltage switchgear right to
socket outlets.
The power distribution products and
systems can be interfaced to building
or industrial automation systems
(Total Building Solutions or
Totally Integrated Automation) via
communication-capable circuit breakers
and components, allowing the full
potential for optimization that an inte-
grated solution offers to be exploited
throughout the project cycle from
planning right through to installation
and operation.
Get more information:
www.siemens.com/tip
www.siemens.com/simaris
www.siemens.com/specifications
Software tools, products, systems and
support for integrated electrical
power distribution
Siemens AG 2013
8
Siemens D 23.2 2013
Siemens AG 2013
Siemens D 23.2 2013
1
1/2 The SINAMICS drive family
1/2 Application
1/2 Product variants
1/3 Platform concept and
Totally Integrated Automation
1/3 Quality management according to
DIN EN ISO 9001
1/4 System properties
1/4 Application areas
1/6 The members of the
SINAMICS drive family
1/6 SINAMICS DC converters
1/6 SINAMICS DCM DC Converter
1/6 SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
1/7 SINAMICS low-voltage converters
1/7 SINAMICS G110
1/7 SINAMICS G120P
1/7 SINAMICS G120
1/8 SINAMICS G110D
1/8 SINAMICS G120D
1/8 SINAMICS G130, SINAMICS G150
1/9 SINAMICS S110
1/9 SINAMICS S120
1/9 SINAMICS S150
1/10 SINAMICS medium-voltage converters
1/10 SINAMICS GM150
1/10 SINAMICS SM150
1/10 SINAMICS GL150
1/10 SINAMICS SL150
1/11 SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
drive converter cabinets
1/11 Overview
1/12 The system components of a
DC drive cabinet
1/12 Overview
Introduction
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Introduction
The SINAMICS drive family
1/2
Siemens D 23.2 2013
1

Application areas of the SINAMICS drive family
Application
SINAMICS is the family of drives from Siemens designed for
industrial machine and plant construction. SINAMICS offers
solutions for all drive tasks:
7 Simple pump and fan applications in the process industry
7 Complex single-motor drives in centrifuges, presses,
extruders, elevators, as well as conveyor and transport
systems
7 Drive line-ups in textile, plastic film, and paper machines,
as well as in rolling mill plants
7 High-precision servo drives for the manufacture of
wind turbines
7 Highly dynamic servo drives for machine tools, as well as
packaging and printing machines
Product variants
Depending on the application, the SINAMICS range offers the
ideal variant for any drive task.
7 SINAMICS G is designed for standard applications with
induction motors. These applications have less stringent
requirements regarding the dynamic performance of the mo-
tor speed.
7 SINAMICS S handles demanding drive tasks with
synchronous and induction motors and fulfills stringent
requirements regarding
- the dynamic performance and accuracy
- integration of extensive technological functions in the
drive control system.
7 SINAMICS DCM is the DC drive belonging to the SINAMICS
family. As a result of its expandability across the board, it
addresses both basic as well as demanding applications in
drive technology and in complementary markets.
Packaging
Plastics
Woodworking
Renewable energies
Machine tools
Converting
Textiles
Conveyor systems
Pumps/fans/
compressors
Printing machines
Mixers/mills
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
1
3
7
a
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Introduction
The SINAMICS drive family
1/3
Siemens D 23.2 2013
1

SINAMICS as part of the Siemens modular automation system
Platform concept and Totally Integrated Automation
All SINAMICS versions are based on a platform concept.
Common hardware and software components, as well as
standardized tools for design, configuration and commissioning
tasks, ensure high-level integration across all components.
SINAMICS handles a wide variety of drive tasks without system
gaps. The different SINAMICS versions can be easily combined
with each other.
SINAMICS is part of the Siemens "Totally Integrated Automation"
concept. Integrated SINAMICS systems covering engineering,
data management and communication at the automation level,
result in extremely cost-effective solutions based on SIMOTION,
SINUMERIK and SIMATIC control systems.
Quality management according to DIN EN ISO 9001
SINAMICS is able to meet the highest quality requirements.
Comprehensive quality assurance measures in all development
and production processes ensure a consistently high level of
quality.
Of course, our quality management system is certified by an
independent authority in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001.
SIMATIC SIMOTION SINUMERIK
SINAMICS
Synchronous motors Induction motors
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
3
3
0
DC motors
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Introduction
The SINAMICS drive family
1/4
Siemens D 23.2 2013
1

System properties
The SINAMICS range is characterized by the following system
properties:
Standard functionality based on a single platform concept
Standardized engineering
High degree of flexibility and combination capability
Broad power range
Designed for global use
SINAMICS Safety Integrated
Higher efficiency and effectiveness
High energy efficiency
Versatile interfacing facilities to higher-level controllers
Totally Integrated Automation
Application areas
Tailored to suit different application areas, the SINAMICS range
encompasses the following products:
AC low-voltage converters (line supply < 1000 V)
7 SINAMICS G110
- The versatile drive for low power ratings
7 SINAMICS G120P
- The specialist for pumps, fans, and compressors
7 SINAMICS G120
- The modular single-motor drive for low up to medium
power ratings
7 SINAMICS G110D
- The distributed, compact single-motor drive in a high degree
of protection for basic applications
7 SINAMICS G120D
- The distributed, modular single-motor drive in a high degree
of protection for sophisticated applications
7 SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150
- The universal drive solution for single-motor drives with a
high power rating
7 SINAMICS S110
- The basic positioning drive for single-axis applications
7 SINAMICS S120
- The flexible, modular drive system for demanding drive tasks
7 SINAMICS S150
- The drive solution for demanding single-motor drives with a
high power rating
V/f Control V/f Control/FCC
0.12 ... 3 kW
Pumps, fans,
conveyor belts
Conveyor technology
SIZER for Siemens Drives for simple planning and configuration STARTER for fast commissioning, optimization and diagnostics
Common Engineering Tools
0.12 ... 90 kW
Servo Control
Single-axis positioning
applications for machine
and plant engineering
For basic applications
Low-Voltage AC Converters
For basic servo drives
V/f Control / Vector Control
0.37 ... 90 kW 0.37 ... 250 kW 0.75 ... 7.5 kW 0.75 ... 7.5 kW 75 ... 2700 kW
For high-quality applications
Pumps, fans, conveyor belts, compressors, mixers, mills, extruders
SINAMICS S110 SINAMICS G110 SINAMICS G110D SINAMICS G130/G150 SINAMICS G120 SINAMICS G120P SINAMICS G120D
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Introduction
The SINAMICS drive family
1/5
Siemens D 23.2 2013
1

Application areas (continued)
DC converter (line supply voltage < 1000 V)
7 SINAMICS DCM
- The scalable drive system for basic and demanding
applications
AC medium-voltage converters (line supply voltage > 1000 V)
7 SINAMICS GM150
- The universal drive solution for single-motor drives
7 SINAMICS SM150
- The drive solution for demanding single-motor and
multimotor drives
7 SINAMICS GL150
- The drive solution for synchronous motors up to 120 MW
7 SINAMICS SL150
- The drive solution for slow speed motors with the highest
torques and overloads
Motion Control applications in production machines
(packaging, textile, printing, paper, plastic),
machine tools, plants and process lines, metal forming
technology, renewable energies
Common Engineering Tools
SIZER for Siemens Drives for simple planning and configuration STARTER for fast commissioning, optimization and diagnostics
V/f Control / Vector Control / Servo Control
0.12 ... 4500 kW 75 ... 1200 kW
Test stands,
cross cutters,
centrifuges
V/f Control / Vector Control
Pumps, fans, compressors, mixers,
extruders, mills, rolling mills,
mining hoist drives, excavators,
test stands
0.8 ... 120 MW
For high-power applications
Low-Voltage AC Converters
For demanding applications
Medium-Voltage AC Converters
Rolling mills, cross cutters and
shears, wire-drawing machines,
extruders and kneaders, presses,
elevator and crane installations,
cableways and lifts, mining hoists,
test stand drives
DC Converters
For basic and
demanding applications
6 kW ... 30 MW
Closed-loop speed control /
torque control
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
6
8
d
SINAMICS GM150/SM150/GL150/SL150 SINAMICS S120 SINAMICS S150 SINAMICS DCM
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Introduction
The members of the SINAMICS drive family
1/6
Siemens D 23.2 2013
1

SINAMICS DC converters
SINAMICS DCM SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
The scalable drive system for basic and demanding applications The ready-to-connect converter cabinet unit for basic and
demanding applications
Main applications Main applications
Machines and plants in the industrial environment
(steel/aluminum, plastics, printing, paper, cranes, mining, oil and gas,
excitation equipment) in the new plant and retrofit businesses
Machines and plants in the industrial environment
(steel/aluminum, plastics, printing, paper, cranes, mining, oil and gas) in
the new plant and retrofit businesses
Application examples Application examples
Rolling mills
Cross cutters and shears
Wire-drawing machines
Extruders and mixers
Presses
Elevators and cranes
Cableways and lifts
Mine hoists
Test stand drives
Rolling mills
Cross cutters and shears
Wire-drawing machines
Drilling facility
Extruders and mixers
Presses
Elevators and cranes
Cableways and lifts
Mine hoists
Test stand drives
Highlights Highlights
PROFIBUS as standard, PROFINET optional
Variance of the Control Units
Field power supply in-line with requirements
Electronics power supply for connection to 24 V DC
Power unit isolated with respect to ground
Free function blocks and Drive Control Chart
Expandable functionality using SINAMICS components
Single-phase connection possible
Varnished PCBs and nickel-plated copper busbars
Wide temperature range
Ready-to-connect, ready-to-switch on converter cabinet
Integrated voltage supply of the motor fan
Flexible auxiliary power supply
EMC zone concept regarding cabinet installation and voltage levels
Monitoring the internal temperature fo the drive cabinet
Individual components are easily accessible despite of compact design
Type testing, system testing, and routine test
Individual circuit manual with terminal diagram and current diagram
Special project-specific solutions
Commissioning interface (PROFIBUS) (optionally) in the cabinet door
Catalog D 23.1 Catalog D 23.2
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Introduction
The members of the SINAMICS drive family
1/7
Siemens D 23.2 2013
1
SINAMICS low-voltage converters
SINAMICS G110 SINAMICS G120P SINAMICS G120
The versatile single-motor drive for
low power ratings
The specialist for pumps, fans, and
compressors
The modular single-motor drive for
low up to medium power ratings
Main applications
Machines and plants for industrial and
commercial applications
Machines and plants in the industrial and
commercial areas (heating, climate, ventilation,
water/wastewater, process industry, food and
beverage industry)
Machines and plants for industrial and
commercial applications (mechanical
engineering, automotive, textiles, chemicals,
printing, steel)
Application examples
Pumps and fans
Auxiliary drives
Conveyor systems
Advertisement panels
Door/gate operating mechanisms
Centrifuges
Pumps
Fans
Compressors
Mixers
Mills
Centrifuges
Agitators
Extruders
Conveyor systems
Traction drives
Indoor cranes
Highlights
Compact
Flexible adaptation to different applications
Simple and fast commissioning
Clear terminal layout
Optimum interaction with SIMATIC and
LOGO!
Modular design for an increased degree of
user-friendliness and flexibility
Energy efficiency thanks to innovative hard-
ware and software functions
High degree of usability when commissioning
and diagnostics using an innovative operator
panel
Lower harmonics through an innovative
topology
Modular design for a high degree of flexibility
and service friendliness
Energy recovery available instead of a
braking resistor
Safety Integrated
High degree of usability when commissioning
and for diagnostics
Flexibility through the widest range of
communication systems
Application-specific versions
Catalog D 11.1 Catalog D 11.1 N Catalog D 11.1
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Introduction
The members of the SINAMICS drive family
1/8
Siemens D 23.2 2013
1

SINAMICS low-voltage converters
SINAMICS G110D SINAMICS G120D SINAMICS G130, SINAMICS G150
The distributed, compact single-motor drive
for basic applications
The distributed, single-motor drive for
sophisticated applications
The universal drive solution for single-motor
drives with a high power rating
Main applications
Horizontal conveyor applications in the
industrial environment, with the main focus on
distribution and logistics in airports; generally
suitable for basic conveyor-related tasks with
local control or connected to a bus via
AS-Interface
Conveyor drive applications in industrial
environments, with the main focus on the
automotive industry; also suitable for
high-performance applications, e.g. at
airports and in the food, beverage and
tobacco industry (without tenside)
Machines and plants in the process and
production industry, water/waste, power
stations, oil and gas, petrochemicals, chemical
raw materials, paper, cement, stone, steel
Application examples
Conveyor systems
Airports
Distribution logistics
Conveyor systems
Electric overhead-conveyor systems in
distribution logistics
Pumps and fans
Compressors
Extruders and mixers
Mills
Highlights
Low profile design with uniform drilling
dimensions (constant footprint) in IP65
degree of protection
Simple and fast commissioning
Variants with and without repair switch
Optional keyswitch
AS-Interface bus parameterization
Quick stop function
Integrated brake control, 180 V DC
Optimum interaction with SIMATIC and
LOGO!
Low profile design with uniform drilling
dimensions (constant footprint) in IP65
degree of protection
Modular
Flexible expansion capability
Simple and fast commissioning
Regenerative feedback
Optimum interaction with SIMOTION and
SIMATIC
SINAMICS Safety Integrated
Space-saving
Low noise
Simple and fast commissioning
SINAMICS G130: Modular components
SINAMICS G150: Ready-to-connect
cabinet unit
Optimum interaction with SIMATIC
Catalog D 11.1 Catalog D 11.1 Catalog D 11
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Introduction
The members of the SINAMICS drive family
1/9
Siemens D 23.2 2013
1
SINAMICS low-voltage converters
SINAMICS S110 SINAMICS S120 SINAMICS S150
The basic positioning drive for single-axis
applications
The flexible, modular drive system for
demanding drive tasks
The drive solution for demanding single-
motor drives with a high power rating
Main applications
Machine and plants in the industrial
environment, where machine axes should be
quickly and precisely positioned in the simplest
possible way.
Machines and plants for industrial applications
(packaging, plastics, textiles, printing,
wood, glass, ceramics, presses, paper, lifting
equipment, semiconductors, automated
assembly and testing equipment, handling,
machine tools)
Machines and plants in the process and
production industry, food, beverages and
tobacco, automotive and steel industry,
mining/open-cast mining, shipbuilding, lifting
equipment, conveyors
Application examples
Handling equipment
Feed and withdrawal devices
Stacking units
Automatic assembly machines
Laboratory automation
Metalworking
Woodworking, glass and ceramic industries
Printing machines
Plastics processing machines
Motion control applications
(positioning, synchronous operation)
Numerical control, interpolating motion control
Converting
Technological applications
Test stand drives
Centrifuges
Elevators and cranes
Cross cutters and shears
Conveyor belts
Presses
Cable winches
Highlights
For universal use
Flexible, modular
Scalable in terms of power, functionality,
number of axes, performance
Simple and fast commissioning,
auto-configuration
Innovative, futureproof system architecture
(Graded infeed/regenerative feedback
concepts)
Wide range of motors
(Optimum interaction with SIMOTION,
SIMATIC and SINUMERIK)
SINAMICS Safety Integrated
For universal use
Flexible, modular
Scalable in terms of power, functionality,
number of axes, performance
Simple and fast commissioning,
auto-configuration
Innovative, futureproof system architecture
Graded infeed/regenerative feedback
concepts
Wide range of motors
Optimum interaction with SIMOTION,
SIMATIC and SINUMERIK
SINAMICS Safety Integrated
Four-quadrant operation as standard
High control accuracy and dynamic
performance
Minimum harmonic effects on the supply
system, considerably lower than the limits
specified in IEEE 519 THD
Tolerant to fluctuations in line voltage
Option of reactive power compensation
Simple and fast commissioning
Ready-to-connect cabinet unit
Optimum interaction with SIMATIC
Catalog PM 22 Catalogs PM 21, D 11.1 and D 21.3 Catalog D 21.3
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Introduction
The members of the SINAMICS drive family
1/10
Siemens D 23.2 2013
1

SINAMICS medium-voltage converters
SINAMICS GM150 SINAMICS SM150 SINAMICS GL150 SINAMICS SL150
The universal drive solution for
single-motor drives
The drive solution for demanding
single-motor and multi-motor
drives
The drive solution for
synchronous motors up to
120 MW
The drive solution for slow
speed motors with highest
torques and overloads
Main applications
Machines and plants in the
process industry
Plants and machines in the steel
sector (rolling mills) and mining
Plants and machines in the
process industry, especially in the
oil, gas and petrochemicals
sectors
Plants and machines in the basic
materials industry, especially in
the steel and mining sectors
Application examples
Pumps and fans
Compressors
Extruders and mixers
Mills
Marine drives
Hot and cold rolling mill stands
Mine hoists
Test stand drives
Ore conveyor belts
Compressors
Pumps and fans
Extruders and mixers
Marine drives
Blast furnace blowers
Hot rolling mill roughing stands
Mine hoists
Ore and cement mills
Excavators
Highlights
Space-saving
Simple and fast commissioning
Ready-to-connect cabinet unit
Optimum interaction with
SIMATIC
Four-quadrant operation as
standard
High efficiency and minimum load
on the motor
High control accuracy and
dynamic performance
Almost free of line-current
harmonics
Option of reactive power
compensation
Simple and fast commissioning
Ready-to-connect cabinet unit
Optimum interaction with
SIMATIC
Compact design and high power
density
Easy operation and monitoring
Extremely rugged, reliable and
almost maintenance-free
Two directions of rotation by
reversing the rotating field
Capable of seamless integration
into higher-level automation
systems
Low output frequency/
motor speed
High short-time overload
capability
Four-quadrant operation as
standard
Extremely rugged, reliable and
almost maintenance-free
High efficiency
Capable of seamless integration
into higher-level automation
systems
Catalog D 12 Catalog D 12
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Introduction
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
drive converter cabinets
1/11
Siemens D 23.2 2013
1
Overview

SINAMICS DC MASTER is the new generation of DC converters
from Siemens. The name SINAMICS DC MASTER briefly:
SINAMICS DCM embodies the strengths of this new genera-
tion. It combines the advantages of its predecessor SIMOREG
DC-MASTER with the advantages of the SINAMICS family.
SINAMICS DC MASTER is the consequential ongoing develop-
ment of the previous series, and additionally to proven quality
and reliability, also offers new functions that go beyond the
range of its predecessor.
SINAMICS DC MASTER is the new member of the SINAMICS
family that now makes many of the SINAMICS tools and compo-
nents known from AC technology available to DC technology.
With SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet, users now have access to
ready-to-connect drive cabinets. The SINAMICS DC MASTER
DC Converter is the core of the cabinet, with its scalability in
many areas, such as computational performance, field current
supply, armature current supply and interfaces.
Already in the basic version, SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet
has all of the components required to feed power to a DC motor
from the three-phase line supply, is ready to connect up and can
be immediately commissioned from the AOP30. In addition to
the options of the DC Converter, SINAMICS DC MASTER
Cabinet has a wide range of cabinet options, which allows it to
be adapted to the widest range of requirements and situations.
For instance, the units can be optionally adapted to address
various ambient conditions or the available auxiliary power
supply. Further, it is possible to use the basic version of the
cabinet as a basis for order-specific adaptations. In this case,
there are hardly any limits regarding the requirements that can
be fulfilled from simple modifications of a standard option, up
to higher power ratings or special applications.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Introduction
The system components of a DC drive
1/12
Siemens D 23.2 2013
1
Overview

Other options
SINAMICS DC MASTER DC Converter
e.g.:
SIMOREG CCP
Terminal Modules,
PROFINET,
insulation monitoring
Circuit manual with
terminal diagramm
and current diagram
AOP 30
Documentation
Motor (see Catalog DA 12)
3 AC line supply
Motor-side components
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet
e.g.:
Commutating reactor,
mains fuse,
circuit breaker or contactor,
radio interference
suppression filter,
SICROWBAR AC
Fuses,
SICROWBAR DC,
smoothing reactor
Line-side components
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
8
9
Siemens AG 2013
Siemens D 23.2 2013
2
2/2 Overview
2/2 Ready to connect up and switch on
2/2 Supply for motor fan
2/2 Flexibility for the auxiliary power supply
2/2 EMC zone concept
2/3 Monitoring the temperature inside the
drive cabinet
2/3 Individual components and customer
interfaces that are easy to access
2/3 Type tested
2/3 Documentation
2/4 Special project-specific solutions
Highlights
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Highlights
2/2
Siemens D 23.2 2013
2
Overview
With the SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet, flexibility and stan-
dardized quality has been fused to create a converter cabinet
system. As a result of numerous options, the cabinet can be op-
timally adapted to individual requirements and the standardized
production techniques and components ensure short delivery
times.
Ready to connect up and switch on

SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet is, in the basic version, ready to
connect and switch on. As result, engineering and commission-
ing times as well as plant downtimes can be shortened and the
functionality guaranteed as result of the components which are
optimally harmonized with one another.
Supply for motor fan

The power supply for the external DC motor fan is already
included in the basic version, including motor protection circuit
breaker. The setting values of the motor protection circuit
breaker can be harmonized to the motor by selecting the
appropriate option.
Flexibility for the auxiliary power supply

SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet can be universally and flexibly
used for a wide voltage range. The ability to adapt to the existing
control voltage is especially interesting when it comes to mod-
ernizing existing plants and systems. When specifying the line
supply voltage, the auxiliary voltage for the converter cabinet is
appropriately adapted. If a separate auxiliary power supply is
not available, then this is taken from the cabinet.
EMC zone concept

As a result of the EMC zone concept, SINAMICS DC MASTER
Cabinet is admirably suited for the industrial environment both
regarding the ruggedness with respect to interference and also
to the low noise emission.
The zone concept refers to the spatial arrangement of the
components installed inside the cabinet. These are electrical/
electronic devices, especially also cables for power and signals;
these can act as noise sources as well as also noise sinks.
Features of this concept include separate cable routing and
high-frequency low-ohmic connections. In order that this con-
cept can also be maintained on the plant or system side, the
customer interfaces that are easy to access, not only provide
suitable terminals and shield connecting bars, but also sufficient
space to connect cable screens in-line with the appropriate
specifications.
The drive cabinet designed and built according to this concept
ensures disturbance-free operation when it comes to electro-
magnetic compatibility.
Also refer to the Section "Notes for EMC-compliant drive
installation".
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Highlights
2/3
Siemens D 23.2 2013
2
Overview (continued)
Monitoring the temperature inside the drive cabinet
In the field, the availability of a drive is often influenced by
changes to the ambient conditions:
Additional, external heat sources in the surroundings can
cause the air intake temperature to increase.
Unusually high pollution in the air clogs the air intake filter.
Subsequently adding equipment and devices with a high
power loss to the drive cabinet additionally loads the cabinet
cooling.
These influences can be detected at an early stage by monitor-
ing the temperature inside the drive cabinet using a PTC sensor
so that the appropriate measures can be taken in plenty of time.
Individual components and customer interfaces that are
easy to access

In spite of the compact design, the individual components in the
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet are clearly arranged and easy
to access. Especially the terminals are arranged so that there is
sufficient space for installation and strain relief of the cables. The
signal cables are combined and routed to terminals in the lower
cabinet section.
Type tested

It goes without saying that the SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinets
are type-test cabinets. The comprehensive range of tests, for
example to ensure mechanical and electrical strength as well as
cooling, clearly confirm our high quality demands.
Documentation

In addition to the manuals for SINAMICS DC MASTER, it goes
without saying that a circuit diagram and terminal diagram are
also supplied. The diagrams are individually produced and
precisely represent the state of the converter cabinets when they
are shipped. The diagrams can also be provided digitally so that
customers can integrate them into CAE systems.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Highlights
2/4
Siemens D 23.2 2013
2
Special project-specific solutions

In addition to 12-pulse series and 12-pulse parallel connections,
solutions are also available to extend the power range
or for use in the medium-voltage range. Depending on the
particular requirement, the converter cabinet is built based on
the SINAMICS DC MASTER DC Converter or with the Control
Module and a separate power section.
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
0
a
Converter transformer
e.g. Dy5Dd0 or Yy0Yd11
Overvoltage protection Overvoltage protection
Smoothing
reactor
Smoothing
reactor
Siemens AG 2013
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
3/2 General information
3/2 Overview
3/3 Benefits
3/3 Application
3/3 DC drive technology: Dynamic,
rugged and cost effective
3/4 Design
3/5 Line connection
3/5 Main switch for the armature circuit
and auxiliary power supply
3/5 Cable and semiconductor protection
3/5 Line contactor for armature and field
3/5 DC converter including field module
3/5 Motor connections
3/5 Degrees of protection of drive
cabinets
3/6 More information
3/6 Siemens DC motors
3/7 Ordering and technology
3/7 Selection and ordering data
3/7 SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for
two-quadrant operation
3/8 SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for
four-quadrant operation
3/9 Function
3/9 Operator control and visualization
with AOP30
3/9 Communication
3/9 Control terminal strip TMC
3/10 Terminals for the motor fan
3/10 Terminals for the auxiliary supply
3/10 Closed-loop control functions
3/13 Technical specifications
3/13 General technical data
3/16 400 V 3 AC, 60 to 210 A,
two-quadrant operation
3/17 400 V 3 AC, 280 to 850 A,
two-quadrant operation
3/18 400 V 3 AC, 1 200 to 3 000 A,
two-quadrant operation
3/19 480 V 3 AC, 60 to 280 A,
two-quadrant operation
3/20 480 V 3 AC, 450 to 1 200 A,
two-quadrant operation
3/21 575 V 3 AC, 60 to 400 A,
two-quadrant operation
3/22 575 V 3 AC, 600 to 1 600 A,
two-quadrant operation
3/23 575 V 3 AC, 2 000 to 2 800 A,
two-quadrant operation
3/24 690 V 3 AC, 720 to 2 600 A,
two-quadrant operation
3/25 830 V 3 AC, 950 to 1 900 A and
950 V 3 AC, 2 200 A,
two-quadrant operation
3/26 400 V 3 AC, 15 to 90 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/27 400 V 3 AC, 125 to 400 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/28 400 V 3 AC, 600 to 1 600 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/29 400 V 3 AC, 2 000 to 3 000 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/30 480 V 3 AC, 15 to 90 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/31 480 V 3 AC, 125 to 450 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/32 480 V 3 AC, 600 to 1 200 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/33 575 V 3 AC, 60 to 400 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/34 575 V 3 AC, 600 to 1 600 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/35 575 V 3 AC, 2 000 to 2 800 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/36 690 V 3 AC, 760 to 2 600 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/37 830 V 3 AC, 950 to 1 900 A and
950 V 3 AC, 2 200 V,
four-quadrant operation
3/38 Schematics
3/38 Block diagrams
3/42 Assignment of terminals and connectors
3/44 - The Terminal Module Cabinet
(TMC -X71, -X72)
3/45 - Terminals at the Terminal Module
Cabinet X71/X72
3/47 More information
3/47 Documentation for
SINAMICS DC MASTER
3/47 - Selection and ordering data,
documentation on paper
3/47 - Selection and ordering data,
documentation on DVD
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
General information
3/2
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Overview

The standard series of SINAMICS DC MASTER chassis units
encompasses an extensive range of currents and voltages.
A drive converter cabinet is available for each of the chassis
units. The options of the chassis units, the existing cabinets and
the SINAMICS cabinet systems have been merged.
This means that SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet can be opti-
mally adapted to the requirements of the plant or system. The
compact design, the EMC zone concept and the good accessi-
bility of the individual components allows new systems to be
quickly and simply built and existing plants or systems to be
retrofitted with the shortest downtimes.
The drive cabinets can be directly connected to three-phase line
supplies with rated voltages up to 950 V 3 AC and in the basic
version, cover a power range extending from 6 up to 2 500 kW.
Increased power ratings using parallel connections as well as
solutions for medium-voltage applications are available on
request.
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet drive cabinets are available in
the following sizes (referred to the basic version).


Detailed dimension drawings in the PDF format and DXF formats
are available in the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sinamics-dcm
Rated DC current
A
280 600 1 200 3 000
Dimensions (W x H x D), referred to the basic version
mm
600 2 326
1)
600 800 2 200 600 1 200 2 200 600 1 400 2 200 600 1 600 2 200 600
Size
BC CC DC EC
2)
FC
2)
1)
Height including fan.
2)
Assignment to the rated DC current, see the technical data.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
General information
3/3
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Benefits
7 Plant and system availability are increased by being able to
quickly and simply replace components:
These components have been designed so that they can be
quickly and simply replaced. The spare parts that are avail-
able can be viewed online at any time and assigned to the
serial number of the cabinet.
7 Easy commissioning and parameterization:
Menu-prompted at the AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel with
graphics-capable LCD display and plain text display, or
PC-supported using the "STARTER" commissioning tool of the
SINAMICS family see "Tools and engineering".
7 Can be simply integrated into automation solutions:
For instance using standard PROFIBUS communication inter-
face and various analog and digital interfaces as well as
PROFINET.
7 Immediately ready to connect up:
All of the terminals are easy to access and the documentation
supplied with the equipment contains detailed circuit dia-
grams and terminal diagrams, which facilitate fast and simple
installation and commissioning.
7 High degree of adaptability and optimum support for applica-
tion-specific versions:
For instance, 12-pulse applications, redundant operation or
increased power ratings.
Application
DC drive technology: Dynamic, rugged and cost effective
Depending on the particular application, DC drives are often the
most favorably-priced drive solution with many advantages
when it comes to reliability, operator friendliness and operating
behavior. Just as before, there are some compelling technical
and economic reasons for still using DC drives in many industrial
areas:
Favorably-priced four-quadrant operation
Continuous operation at low speeds
Full torque even at low speeds
Low torque ripple even at low speeds
High starting torque
Wide speed control range with constant power
Low space requirement and low weight
Reliability
Low amount of heat dissipated in the switchgear room and
therefore a very high efficiency
Main applications for DC drives include:
Rolling mill drives
Wire-drawing machines
Extruders and kneaders
Presses
Elevators and cranes
Cableways and lifts
Mine hoists
Test stand drives
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
General information
3/4
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Design

SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet, size CC (shown with options)
The basic version of the standard cabinet system is ready to
connect up and, based on the TS8 cabinet system from Rittal,
offers standard components such as:
Line connection with input terminals
Main switch
Commutating reactor
Fuses
Line contactor or circuit breaker
Control voltage transformer
Cable and motor protection circuit breaker for auxiliary
equipment
AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel
PROFIBUS connection
All of the auxiliary and supplementary components are supplied
from the auxiliary supply (400 V 3 AC) as well as the field circuit
and feeders for the DC motor fan.
For straightforward operation and diagnostics, the AOP30 is
mounted in the cabinet door, and the detailed documentation,
including circuit manual with circuit diagram and terminal dia-
gram, provide a well-founded technical overview of the drive
cabinet. In addition to the basic version, a wide range of options
allow the drive cabinet to be optimally adapted to the plant or
system requirements.

Note:
All of the connections are established at the lower part of the
cabinet.
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
9
1
Display instruments
AOP30 Operator Panel
Auxiliary power supply incl. main
switch
Main switch of armature circuit
Connection of armature circuit
Terminal Module Cabinet
SINAMICS DC MASTER
DC Converter
Motor connection, DC fuse
Fan (IP23)
Main contactor of armature circuit
Reactor of armature circuit
Connection of protective conductor
PE
Motor connections
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
8
6
DC Converter including
field module
Commutating reactor
Line contactor/circuit breaker
Semiconductor protection
Cable and semiconductor
protection
Main switch for armature circuit
and auxiliary power supply
Line connection
AC
DC
AC
DC
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
General information
3/5
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Design (continued)
Line connection
Line connections for the armature supply (3 AC) and auxiliary
power supply (400 V 3 AC) including the field supply.
Optionally, also other line voltages or integrated auxiliary power
supply.
Main switch for the armature circuit and auxiliary power
supply
For drive cabinets from 15 up to 850 A rated DC current, the ar-
mature circuit is switched in using a manually actuated fuse load
disconnector and a main contactor; from 950 A the drive cabi-
nets are equipped with an electrically operated circuit breaker.
Cable and semiconductor protection
SITOR semiconductor fuses, type 3NE are used.
Line contactor for armature and field
For drive cabinets with a rated current from 950 A and higher,
implemented as circuit breaker.
The commutating reactor in the armature and field circuit is
designed for the rated current of the unit. If the rated motor cur-
rent is significantly lower then the rated current of the unit, then
on request, a cost-optimized solution can be offered with
adapted current carrying capability of the power components.
DC converter including field module
A detailed description of the DC converter can be found in the
operating instructions and Catalog D 23.1.
Motor connections
In addition to the motor connections for the field and armature,
the basic version also includes the power supply for the motor
fan. The setting range of the motor protection circuit breaker
must be specified when placing the order.
For drive cabinets for four-quadrant operation up to 850 A, the
armature circuit has a DC fuse.
A detailed diagram showing the electrically relevant individual
components is provided in the Section, Block diagrams.
Degrees of protection of drive cabinets
Standard EN 60529 addresses the protection of electrical equip-
ment using housings, covers or equivalent, and includes:
Protection of persons against accidental contact with live or
moving parts within the housing and protection of the equip-
ment against the ingress of solid foreign matter (touch protec-
tion and protection against ingress of solid foreign bodies)
Protection of the equipment against the ingress of water
(water protection)
Abbreviations for the internationally agreed degrees of protec-
tion
The degrees of protection are specified by abbreviations, which
comprise the code letters IP and two digits.

Degrees of protec-
tion of the converter
drive cabinet
First digit
(touch protection and protection against
ingress of foreign solid matter)
Second digit
(protection of the equipment against the
ingress of water)
Options
IP20 Protected against solid foreign matter,
diameter 12.5 mm
No water protection Basic version
IP21 Protected against solid foreign matter,
diameter 12.5 mm
Protected against drip water
Vertically falling drip water shall not have
a harmful effect.
Option M21
IP23 Protected against solid foreign matter,
diameter 12.5 mm
Protected against water spray
Water sprayed at an angle of max. 60 to
the vertical planes shall not have a harm-
ful effect.
Option M23
IP43 Protected against solid foreign matter,
diameter 1 mm
Protected against water spray
Water sprayed at an angle of max. 60 to
the vertical planes shall not have a harm-
ful effect.
Option M43
IP54 Protected against dust
Ingress of dust is not totally prevented,
but dust must not be allowed to enter in
such quantities that the functioning or
safety of the equipment is impaired.
Protected against water spray
Water splashing onto the enclosure from
any direction shall not have a harmful
effect.
Option M54 with filter elements and
Option M58 with climate control
equipment
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
General information
3/6
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
More information
Siemens DC motors
Siemens DC motors have proven themselves for decades in day
to day use. In conjunction with the SINAMICS DC MASTER con-
verters, they always form the ideal team wherever favorably-
priced drive technology and the highest degree of availability
are demanded.
These motors can also be used where space is restricted thanks
to their compact and modular design.
Further, an extensive range of equipment and devices for mount-
ing on the motor is available. A wide range of monitoring and
diagnostic options facilitate reliable and disturbance-free oper-
ation.
Detailed specifications regarding quality assurance and im-
provement are integrated in all of the various operations and
processes from motor development through to production and
service. Quality management coordinates the interaction be-
tween all of the company processes to ensure error-free and
smooth processes.
It goes without saying that our stringent quality requirements
also apply to our suppliers. All of the suppliers must seamlessly
integrate themselves into our quality management system.
The result: Only fault-free and high quality materials are released
for use in our motor production.

Customer benefits:
High power density with small motor dimensions
High degree of operational reliability and availability through a
wide range of diagnostic features, in conjunction with the
SINAMICS DC MASTER converter
High thermal reserves for continuous and overload conditions
as a result of the DURIGNIT 2000

insulation system
Low losses through a very good efficiency
Long brush lifetimes through an optimized current commuta-
tion system

Typical applications:
Lift and cableway drives
Rolling mill drives and winders
Hoisting and travel gear drives for cranes
Extruders in the plastics industry
Drives for printing machines
Drives for paper machines
Additional information on Siemens DC motors is available on the
Internet at:
www.siemens.com/dc-motor
Technical specifications
Power range 31.5 1 610 kW
Rated armature voltage 420 810 V DC
Field Separately excited
Shaft heights 160 630 mm
Number of poles 4- and 6-pole
Speed Up to 4 500 rpm
Degree of protection IP23 and IP54
Type of construction IM B3, IM B35, IM V1 and others
Cooling type IC06/IC17/IC37/IC A06 A66/IC W37 A86
Stator version Fully laminated
Standards IEC, EN, DIN, VDE
Operation Converter operation, 2Q and 4Q, S1
S9
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/7
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Selection and ordering data
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for two-quadrant operation

Armature circuit Field circuit
Rated
supply voltage
1)
Rated
DC voltage
Rated
DC current
Rated power Rated
DC current
Order No.
V V A kW A
3 AC 400 485 60 29 10 6RM8025-6DS22-0AA0
90 44 10 6RM8028-6DS22-0AA0
125 61 10 6RM8031-6DS22-0AA0
210 102 15 6RM8075-6DS22-0AA0
280 136 15 6RM8078-6DS22-0AA0
400 194 25 6RM8081-6DS22-0AA0
600 291 25 6RM8085-6DS22-0AA0
850 412 30 6RM8087-6DS22-0AA0
1 200 582 30 6RM8091-6DS22-0AA0
1 600 776 40 6RM8093-4DS22-0AA0
2 000 970 40 6RM8095-4DS22-0AA0
3 000 1 455 40 6RM8098-4DS22-0AA0
3 AC 480 575 60 35 10 6RM8025-6FS22-0AA0
90 52 10 6RM8028-6FS22-0AA0
125 72 10 6RM8031-6FS22-0AA0
210 121 15 6RM8075-6FS22-0AA0
280 161 15 6RM8078-6FS22-0AA0
450 259 25 6RM8082-6FS22-0AA0
600 345 25 6RM8085-6FS22-0AA0
850 489 30 6RM8087-6FS22-0AA0
1 200 690 30 6RM8091-6FS22-0AA0
3 AC 575 690 60 41 10 6RM8025-6GS22-0AA0
125 86 10 6RM8031-6GS22-0AA0
210 145 15 6RM8075-6GS22-0AA0
400 276 25 6RM8081-6GS22-0AA0
600 414 25 6RM8085-6GS22-0AA0
800 552 30 6RM8087-6GS22-0AA0
1 100 759 30 6RM8090-6GS22-0AA0
1 600 1 104 40 6RM8093-4GS22-0AA0
2 000 1 380 40 6RM8095-4GS22-0AA0
2 200 1 518 40 6RM8096-4GS22-0AA0
2 800 1 932 40 6RM8097-4GS22-0AA0
3 AC 690 830 720 598 30 6RM8086-6KS22-0AA0
1 000 830 30 6RM8090-6KS22-0AA0
1 500 1 245 40 6RM8093-4KS22-0AA0
2 000 1 660 40 6RM8095-4KS22-0AA0
2 600 2 158 40 6RM8097-4KS22-0AA0
3 AC 830 1 000 950 950 30 6RM8088-6LS22-0AA0
1 500 1 500 40 6RM8093-4LS22-0AA0
1 900 1 900 40 6RM8095-4LS22-0AA0
3 AC 950 1 140 2 200 2 508 40 6RM8096-4MS22-0AA0
1)
50/60 Hz
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/8
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Selection and ordering data (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for four-quadrant operation

Armature circuit Field circuit
Rated
supply voltage
1)
Rated
DC voltage
Rated
DC current
Rated power Rated
DC current
Order No.
V V A kW A
3 AC 400 420 15 6.3 3 6RM8013-6DV62-0AA0
30 12.6 5 6RM8018-6DV62-0AA0
60 25 10 6RM8025-6DV62-0AA0
90 38 10 6RM8028-6DV62-0AA0
125 53 10 6RM8031-6DV62-0AA0
210 88 15 6RM8075-6DV62-0AA0
280 118 15 6RM8078-6DV62-0AA0
400 168 25 6RM8081-6DV62-0AA0
600 252 25 6RM8085-6DV62-0AA0
850 357 30 6RM8087-6DV62-0AA0
1 200 504 30 6RM8091-6DV62-0AA0
1 600 672 40 6RM8093-4DV62-0AA0
2 000 840 40 6RM8095-4DV62-0AA0
3 000 1 260 40 6RM8098-4DV62-0AA0
3 AC 480 500 15 6 3 6RM8013-6FV62-0AA0
30 15 5 6RM8018-6FV62-0AA0
60 30 10 6RM8025-6FV62-0AA0
90 45 10 6RM8028-6FV62-0AA0
125 63 10 6RM8031-6FV62-0AA0
210 105 15 6RM8075-6FV62-0AA0
280 140 15 6RM8078-6FV62-0AA0
450 225 25 6RM8082-6FV62-0AA0
600 300 25 6RM8085-6FV62-0AA0
850 425 30 6RM8087-6FV62-0AA0
1 200 600 30 6RM8091-6FV62-0AA0
3 AC 575 600 60 36 10 6RM8025-6GV62-0AA0
125 75 10 6RM8031-6GV62-0AA0
210 126 15 6RM8075-6GV62-0AA0
400 240 25 6RM8081-6GV62-0AA0
600 360 25 6RM8085-6GV62-0AA0
850 510 30 6RM8087-6GV62-0AA0
1 100 660 30 6RM8090-6GV62-0AA0
1 600 960 40 6RM8093-4GV62-0AA0
2 000 1 200 40 6RM8095-4GV62-0AA0
2 200 1 320 40 6RM8096-4GV62-0AA0
2 800 1 680 40 6RM8097-4GV62-0AA0
3 AC 690 725 760 551 30 6RM8086-6KV62-0AA0
1 000 725 30 6RM8090-6KV62-0AA0
1 500 1 088 40 6RM8093-4KV62-0AA0
2 000 1 450 40 6RM8095-4KV62-0AA0
2 600 1 885 40 6RM8097-4KV62-0AA0
3 AC 830 875 950 831 30 6RM8088-6LV62-0AA0
1 500 1 313 40 6RM8093-4LV62-0AA0
1 900 1 663 40 6RM8095-4LV62-0AA0
3 AC 950 1 000 2 200 2 200 40 6RM8096-4MV62-0AA0
1)
50/60 Hz
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/9
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Function
Operator control and visualization with AOP30

An AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel is located in the cabinet
door of the converter cabinets for operation, monitoring and
commissioning tasks.
The AOP30s two-stage safety concept prevents unintentional or
unauthorized changes to settings. Operation of the drive from
the operator panel can be disabled using the keyboard lock so
that only parameter values and process variables can be dis-
played on the operating panel. The default setting of the OFF key
is "activated", however this can be changed by the customer to
"deactivated". A password can be used to prevent the unauthor-
ized modification of the DC converter parameters.
The user is guided by interactive menus through the drive-com-
missioning screens. Only 5 parameters (which can be found on
the motor rating plate and the line supply data) have to be en-
tered on the AOP30 when commissioning the system for the first
time. The closed-loop control is then optimized automatically to
adapt the converter to the motor.
The operator panel languages German, English and Chinese
can be used without any additional memory card. French, Ital-
ian, Spanish and Russian are available on the Control Unit mem-
ory card (option). The actual unit firmware including languages
can be downloaded free of charge from the Internet under the
following link:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/38157755/
133100
Communication

The units are equipped as standard with PROFIBUS the indus-
try standard. As a consequence, the converters can be simply
and quickly integrated into the TIA environment. PROFINET is
available as option. It goes without saying that communications
can be established on the drive to higher-level control systems
via the fieldbus. This means that using the STARTER commis-
sioning tool, the drives can be monitored and diagnosed from a
central location.
In addition to the communication interfaces, naturally there are
many digital and analog inputs/outputs available; these can be
used to control the converter or to output parameter values for
diagnostics. The inputs and outputs are quickly and easily con-
nected via the control terminal strip.
Control terminal strip TMC
The Terminal Module Cabinet (TMC) is located in the lower
section of the cabinet, so that all of the digital and analog inputs/
outputs can be quickly and simply connected. The installation
space has been selected so that it is guaranteed that they are
spatially separated from the power cables. Not only this, when
retrofitting, the length of the existing signal cables are generally
sufficient so that the signal terminals can be used. The digital
input/outputs are connected via interface relays in order to
guarantee operational safety and reliability. In addition to the
inputs/outputs and the incremental encoder interface, optionally
the tachometer connection can be routed to the control terminal
strip.
Note:
A detailed terminal assignment is provided in the Section,
Assignment of terminals and connectors.

Control terminal strip
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/10
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Function (continued)
Terminals for the motor fan
The basic version already includes the power supply for the mo-
tor fan. The connections are protected using a motor protection
circuit breaker. The setting range of the motor protection circuit
breaker must be assigned as option (W20 to W41). As option,
the feeder for the motor fan can be omitted or extended by a
second motor fan feeder. The feeders are switched using a
contactor, which is automatically controlled from the internal
sequence control of the SINAMICS DC MASTER.
Terminals for the auxiliary supply
The basic version of the drive cabinet assumes that there is an
auxiliary power supply of 400 V 3 AC, 50 Hz from a grounded line
supply (TN or TT supply system). The power supply is also used
to supply the field and the motor fan. Optionally, other supply
voltages and a line frequency of 60 Hz can be selected. It also
goes without saying that an option can be selected for an inter-
nal auxiliary power supply.
Dependent on the selected options, other terminals are avail-
able, for example for the cabinet anti-condensation heating.
Data regarding the terminal assignment and the connection
options are provided in the description of the relevant option.
For the power connections, the maximum connection cross-
sections and the number of cables that can be connected are
specified in the technical data.
Closed-loop control functions

Function Description
Functions of the closed-loop control in the armature circuit
Speed setpoint The source of the speed setpoint and additional setpoints can be freely selected by making the appropriate parameter
settings:
Entered using analog values 0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
Entered via the fieldbus interface PROFIBUS, Ethernet interface for PROFINET (optional)
Via the integrated motorized potentiometer
Via binectors with the functions: Fixed setpoint, jogging, crawl
Entered via serial interfaces of the SINAMICS DC MASTER
Entered via supplementary modules
The scaling is realized so that 100 % setpoint (formed from the main setpoint and supplementary setpoints) corresponds
to the max. motor speed.
The setpoint can be limited to a min. and max. value via a parameter or connector. Further, additional points are provided
in the firmware e.g. in order to be able to enter supplementary setpoints before or after the ramp-function generator. The
"setpoint enable function" can be selected using a binector. After a parameterizable filter function (PT1 element), the
summed setpoint is transferred to the setpoint input of the speed controller. In this case, the ramp-function generator is
also active.
Actual speed One of four sources can be selected as signal for the speed actual value.
Analog tachometer
The voltage of the tachogenerator at the maximum speed can be between 8 and 270 V. Adaptation to the voltage is
realized using parameters.
Pulse encoder
The pulse encoder type, the number of pulses per revolution and the maximum speed are set using parameters. From
the evaluation electronics, the encoder signals (symmetrical: with additional, inverted track, non-symmetrical: referred
to ground) can be processed up to a maximum differential voltage of 27 V.
The rated voltage range (5 or 15 V) for the encoder can be selected using parameters. For a rated voltage of 15 V, the
power supply for the pulse encoder can be taken from the DC converter.
5 V encoders require an external power supply. The pulse encoder is evaluated across the three tracks: Track 1, track
2 and zero mark. However, pulse encoders without zero mark can can also be used. A position actual value can be
sensed using the zero mark. The max. frequency of the encoder pulses can be 300 kHz. Pulse encoders with a minimum
of 1 024 pulses per revolution are recommended (due to the smooth running property at low speeds).
Operation without tachometer with closed-loop EMF control
A speed actual value encoder is not required for the closed-loop EMF control. In this case, the output voltage of the
device is measured in the DC converter. The measured armature voltage is compensated by the internal voltage drop
across the motor (IR compensation). The level of compensation is automatically determined during the current controller
optimization run. The accuracy of this control method, which is defined by the temperature-dependent change in the
motor armature circuit resistance, is approximately 5 %. We recommend that the current controller optimization run is
repeated when the motor is in the warm operating condition to achieve a higher degree of precision. The closed loop
EMF control can be used if the requirements on the precision are not so high, if it is not possible to mount an encoder
and the motor is operated in the armature voltage control range.
Notice: In this mode, EMF-dependent field weakening is not possible.
Freely selectable speed actual value signal
For this mode, any connector number can be selected as speed actual value signal. This setting is especially selected
if the speed actual value sensing is implemented on a supplementary technology module.
Before the speed actual value is transferred to the speed controller, it can be smoothed using a parameterizable smooth-
ing element (PT1 element) and two adjustable bandstop filters. Bandstop filters are used primarily for the purpose of
filtering out resonant frequencies caused by mechanical resonance. The resonant frequency and the filter quality factor
can be set.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/11
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Function (continued)

Function Description
Functions of the closed-loop control in the armature circuit (continued)
Ramp-function generator When there is a step change in the setpoint applied at its input, the ramp-function generator converts the setpoint into a
signal with a steady rate of rise. Ramp-up time and ramp-down time can be selected independently of one another. In
addition, the ramp-function generator has initial and final rounding-off (jerk limiting) that are effective at the beginning
and end of the ramp-up time.
All of the times for the ramp-function generator can be set independently of one another.
Three parameter sets are available for the ramp-function generator times; these can be selected via binary select inputs
or a serial interface (via binectors). The ramp-up function generator parameters can be switched over in operation. In
addition, a multiplication factor can be applied to the value of parameter set 1 via a connector (to change the ramp-func-
tion generator data via a connector). When entering ramp-function generator times with the value zero, the speed set-
point is directly input into the speed controller.
Speed controller The speed controller compares the setpoint and actual value of the speed and if there is a deviation, enters an appropri-
ate current setpoint into the current controller (principle: Speed control with lower-level current controller). The speed
controller is implemented as PI controller with additional D component that can be selected. Further, a switchable droop
function can be parameterized. All of the controller parameters can be adjusted independently of one another. The value
for K
p
(gain) can be adapted depending on a connector signal (external or internal).
In this case, the P gain of the speed controller can be adapted depending on the speed actual value, current actual
value, setpoint-actual value distance or the wound roll diameter. This can be precontrolled in order to achieve a high
dynamic performance in the speed control loop. For this purpose, e.g. depending on the friction and the moment of iner-
tia of the drive, a torque setpoint signal can be added after the speed controller. The friction and moment of inertia com-
pensation are determined using an automatic optimization run.
The output quantity of the speed controller can be directly adjusted via parameter after the controller has been enabled.
Depending on the parameterization, the speed controller can be bypassed and the converter controlled either with
closed-loop torque or current control. In addition, it is also possible to switch between speed control/torque control in
operation using the "leading/following switchover" selection function. The function can be selected as binector using a
binary user-assignable terminal or a serial interface. The torque setpoint is input via a selectable connector and can
therefore come from an analog user-assignable terminal or via a serial interface.
A limiting controller is active when in the following drive state (torque or current controlled operation). In this case,
depending on a speed limit that can be selected using parameters, the limiting controller can intervene in order to pre-
vent the drive accelerating in an uncontrolled fashion. In this case, the drive is limited to an adjustable speed deviation.
Torque limitation The speed controller output represents the torque setpoint or current setpoint depending on what has been parameter-
ized. In torque-controlled operation, the speed controller output is weighted with the machine flux and transferred to a
current limiting stage as a current setpoint. Torque control is primarily used in field weakening operation in order to limit
the maximum motor torque independent of the speed.
The following functions are available:
Independent setting of positive and negative torque limits using parameters.
Switchover of the torque limit using a binector as a function of a parameterizable switchover speed.
Free input of a torque limit by means of a connector signal, e.g. via an analog input or via serial interface.
The lowest specified quantity should always be effective as the actual torque limit. Additional torque setpoints can be
added after the torque limit.
Current limiting The current limit that can be adjusted after the torque limit is used to protect the converter and the motor. The lowest
specified quantity is always effective as the actual current limit.
The following current limit values can be set:
Independent setting of positive and negative current limits using parameters (max. motor current setting).
Free input of a current limit using a connector, e.g. from an analog input or via a serial interface.
Separate setting of current limit using parameters for stopping and quick stop.
Speed-dependent current limiting: An automatically initiated, speed-dependent reduction of the current limit at high
speeds can be parameterized (commutation limit curve of the motor).
I
2
t monitoring of the power section: The thermal state of the thyristors is calculated for all current values. When the thy-
ristor limit temperature is reached, the unit responds as a function of parameter settings, i.e. the converter current is
reduced to the rated DC current or the unit is shut down with a fault message. This function is used to protect the thyris-
tors.
Current controller The current controller is implemented as PI controller with P gain and integral time that can be set independently from
one another. The P and I components can also be deactivated (pure P controller or pure I controller). The current actual
value is sensed using a current transformer on the three-phase side and is fed to the current controller via a load resistor
and rectification after analog-digital conversion. The resolution is 10 bits for the rated current. The current limit output is
used as current setpoint.
The current controller output transfers the firing angle to the gating unit the precontrol function is effective in parallel.
Precontrol The precontrol in the current control loop improves the dynamic performance of the closed-loop control. This allows rise
times of between 6 and 9 ms in the current control loop. The precontrol is effective dependent on the current setpoint and
EMF of the motor and ensures for intermittent and continuous current or when the torque direction is reversed that the
required firing angle is quickly transferred as setpoint to the gating unit.
Auto-reversing module In conjunction with the current control loop, the auto-reversing module (only for units with four-quadrant drives) ensures
the logical sequence of all of the operations and processes required to change the torque direction. The torque direction
can also be disabled when required via parameter.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/12
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Function (continued)

Function Description
Functions of the closed-loop control in the armature circuit (continued)
Gating unit The gating unit generates the firing pulses for the power section thyristors in synchronism with the line supply voltage.
The synchronization is independent of the speed and the electronics supply and is sensed at the power section. The tim-
ing of the firing pulses is defined by the output values of the current controller and the precontrol. The firing angle limit
can be set using parameters.
In a frequency range from 45 to 65 Hz, the gating unit automatically adapts itself to the actual line frequency.
Functions of the closed-loop control in the field circuit
EMF controller The EMF controller compares the setpoint and actual value of the EMF (induced motor voltage) and enters the setpoint
for the field current controller. This therefore permits field weakening control that is dependent on the EMF.
The EMF controller operates as PI controller; P and I components can be adjusted independently of one another and/or
the controller can be operated as pure P controller or pure I controller. A precontrol function operates in parallel to the
EMF controller. Depending on the speed, it precontrols the field current setpoint using an automatically recorded field
characteristic (refer to the optimization runs). There is an adding point after the EMF controller, where the supplementary
field current setpoints can be entered either via a connector, via an analog input or a serial interface. The limit is then
effective for the field current setpoint. In this case, the field current setpoint can be limited to a minimum and a maximum
value that can be set independently from one another. The limit is realized using a parameter or a connector. The mini-
mum for the upper limit or the maximum for the lower limit is effective.
Field current controller The field current controller is a PI controller where K
p
and T
n
can be independently set. It can also be operated as pure
P and I controller. A precontrol function operates in parallel to the field current controller. This calculates and sets the fir-
ing angle for the field circuit as a function of current setpoint and line supply voltage. The precontrol supports the current
controller and ensures that the field circuit has the appropriate dynamic performance.
Gating unit The gating unit generates the firing pulses for the power section thyristors in synchronism with the line supply voltage in
the field circuit. The synchronization is detected in the power section and is therefore independent of the electronics
power supply. The timing of the firing pulses is defined by the output values of the current controller and the precontrol.
The firing angle limit can be set using parameters. In a frequency range from 45 to 65 Hz, the gating unit automatically
adapts itself to the actual line supply voltage.
Communication between drive components
DRIVE-CLiQ Communication between SINAMICS components is realized using the standard internal SINAMICS interface DRIVE-
CLiQ (this is an abbreviation for Drive Component Link with IQ). This couples the Control Unit with the connected drive
components (e.g. DC converter, Terminal Modules).
DRIVE-CLiQ provides standard digital interfaces for all SINAMICS drives. This permits modularization of the drive func-
tions and thus increased flexibility for customized solutions (allows power and intelligence to be separated).
The DRIVE-CLiQ hardware is based on the Industrial Ethernet standard and uses twisted-pair cables. The DRIVE-CLiQ
line provides the transmit and receive signals and also the 24 V power supply.
Setpoints and actual values, control commands, status feedback signals and electronic rating plate data of the drive
components are transferred via DRIVE-CLiQ. Only original Siemens cables must be used for DRIVE-CLiQ cables. As a
result of the special transfer and damping properties, only these cables can guarantee that the system functions per-
fectly.
SINAMICS Link SINAMICS Link allows data to be directly exchanged between several (2 to 64) Control Units. A higher-level master is not
required. The following Control Units support SINAMICS Link:
CU320-2
Advanced CUD
In order to use SINAMICS Link, all of the Control Units must be equipped with the CBE20 Communication Board (option
G20). For the Advanced CUD, a memory card is also required (options S01, S02). Communication can either be syn-
chronous (only CU320-2) or non-synchronous or a combination of both. Each participant can send and receive up to 16
process data words. For instance, SINAMICS Link can be used for the following applications:
Torque distribution for n drives
Setpoint cascade for n drives
Load distribution of drives coupled through a material web
Master-slave function for infeed units
Couplings between SINAMICS units
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/13
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications
General technical data
Coolant temperature and installation altitude
Current derating
The permissible coolant temperatures and installation altitudes
for SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet as well as the associated
maximum permissible load in continuous operation can be taken
from the following table (the load is specified as a % of the rated
DC current).
Note: The rated DC current of the drive cabinets corresponds to
the rated DC current of the DC converters installed in them. The
degree of protection and cooling type of the drive cabinets as
well as the coolant temperature and installation altitude influence
the max. permissible load in continuous operation. In practice,
the rated current of the DC motor lies significantly below the
rated DC current of the next largest converter in order to be able
to fully utilize the high overload capability of the motor. The de-
rating factors below should be taken into account for the partic-
ular application.
Example:
Rated current of the DC motor 450 A, coolant temperature 40 C,
installation altitude of the drive cabinet 2 000 m, selected rated
DC current of the converter 600 A, derating factor 81 %.
Result:
The maximum permissible load of the drive cabinet in continu-
ous operation is 486 A, and is therefore sufficient for the motor.

Voltage derating
The cabinets can be operated up to an installation altitude of
4 000 m above sea level with the specified rated supply volt-
ages. The line supply voltages may have overvoltage
category III with respect to ground. For installation altitudes
above 4 000 m, in some cases, it will be necessary to reduce the
supply voltage or ensure that overvoltage category II is main-
tained. Detailed information is provided in the Operating Instruc-
tions.
Installation location
In their basic version (IP20), SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet
drive cabinets are intended for use in closed electrical rooms
(according to EN 61800-5-1).
These rooms must be dry and dust free, in order to prevent de-
posits of dirt accumulating, which in conjunction with moisture,
could result in a conductive connection between live parts.
In plants, frequently electrical operating rooms have central
power and fresh air supplies, which fulfill these requirements.
If this is not the case, then the drive cabinet must be ordered with
a higher degree of protection by specifying the appropriate
options (M21, M23, M43, M54 and M58).
Maximum permissible load of the drive cabinets in continuous operation
(load specified as % of the rated DC current)
Installation altitude above sea level
(The derating factors for intermediate values can be obtained through interpolation.)
Ambient or cool-
ant temperature
Units 1 000 m 2 000 m 3 000 m 4 000 m 5 000 m
from
1 500 A
from 950 A
from 720 A
from 210 A
up to125 A
Degree of protection IP20 up to IP21
25 C % 96 93 97 93 96 86 83 87 83 86 76 73 77 73 78 68 65 69 65
30 C % 100 91 88 92 88 90 81 78 82 78 80 71 68 72 68
35 C % 95 99 95 94 86 83 87 83 84 76 73 77 73
40 C % 95 90 94 90 88 81 78 82 78
45 C % 94 90 85 89 85 82 76 73 77 73
50 C % 88
Degree of protection IP23, IP43, IP54
25 C % 98 96 98 98 96 88 86 88 88 86 78 76 78 78 78 70 68 70 70
30 C % 100 93 91 93 93 90 83 81 83 83 80 73 71 73 73
35 C % 98 94 88 86 88 88 84 78 76 78 78
40 C % 95 93 95 95 88 83 81 83 83
45 C % 94 90 88 90 90 82 78 76 78 78
50 C % 88
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/14
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)

For footnote, see Page 3/15.
General technical data
Relevant standards
EN 50274 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies: Protection against electric shock
protection against accidental, direct contact with dangerous live parts, option M60 pro-
vides additional touch protection in accordance with BGV A3
EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by the enclosures (IP code)
EN 61800-3 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems, Part 3 EMC product standard includ-
ing specific test methods
EN 61800-5-1 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5-1: Requirements regarding
safety electrical, thermal, and energy requirements
EN 62477-1 (product standard, combines safety-relevant
standards such as IEC 61800-5-1, IEC 60204-1)
Safety requirements for power semiconductor converter systems Part 1: General infor-
mation
EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113-1) where applicable Safety of machinery Electrical equipment of machines Part 1: General requirements
The following standards are applicable for the SINAMICS
DC MASTER DC Converter chassis units
EN 60146-1-1; EN 61800-5-1; IEC 62103 (identical with EN 50178).
Additional information is provided in Catalog D 23.1.
Electrical data
Overvoltage category Category ll according to EN 61800-5-1 within line supply circuits
Category lll according to EN 61800-5-1 for line supply circuits with respect to the
surroundings (other line supply circuits, enclosure, electronics)
Overvoltage strength Class 1 acc. to EN 50178
Radio interference suppression SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet are operated in industrial environments and fulfill the
requirements of EN 61800-3, Categories C3 and C4. Radio interference suppression fil-
ters are required for use in Category C2 (option L00)
Auxiliary power supply 400 V 3 AC at 50 Hz, optional: 60 Hz and/or other voltages
Overload capability x I
n
1.8
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP20 according to EN 60529; optional: IP21, IP23, IP43 and IP54
Protection class Class 1 acc. to EN 61140
Cooling type Increased air cooling with integrated fan 0 up to 55 C; the derating depends on the
ambient temperature and installation altitude; see the table on the current derating
Closed-loop control constancy
for pulse encoder operation and digital setpoint
for analog tachometer and analog setpoint
1)

n
= 0.006 % of the rated motor speed

n
= 0.1 % of the rated motor speed
Environmental compatibility Materials free of hazardous substances have been used for all of the essential parts.
Only very few materials containing halogens are used for cable insulation and cable
ducts (alternative designs available on request). All of the materials correspond to the
RoHS criteria, with the exception of the backup battery in the AOP30. Environmental
compatibility is also a key criterion in selecting supplier parts.
Environmental conditions
Permissible ambient temperature during storage and
transport
25 ... +70 C
Permissible humidity relative air humidity 95 %
(75 % at 17 C as annual average, 95 % at 24 C max., condensation is not permissible)
Climate class 3K3 according to EN 60721-3-3
Insulation Pollution degree 2 according to EN 61800-5-1, Condensation not permissible
Installation altitude 1 000 m above sea level (100 % load capability)
> 1 000 ... 5 000 m above sea level (see under "Coolant temperature and installation alti-
tude")
Mechanical stability Storage Transport Operation
Vibratory load 1M2 according to
EN 60721-3-1
(toppling not permissible)
1.5 mm at 2 ... 9 Hz, 5 m/s
2

at 9 ... 200 Hz
acc. to EN 60721-3-2
(toppling not permissible)
3M2 according to
EN 60721-3-3
Shock load 1M2 according to
EN 60721-3-1
(toppling not permissible)
40 m/s
2
at 11 ms
acc. to EN 60721-3-2
(toppling not permissible)
3M2 according to
EN 60721-3-3
Approvals
Version according to UL A converter cabinet design according to UL can be ordered by specifying option U09.
Certification must be separately carried out.
Marine version With option M66, the cabinet is provided in a marine design for onboard applications.
Certification by the appropriate authorities must be carried out separately.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/15
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
Notes on dimensioning the fault current and insulation
monitoring:
The basic version does not include any fault current monitoring
devices. However, these can be ordered as option (L82 for
grounded line supplies). Insulation monitoring according to the
applicable regulations must be provided for operation in non-
grounded IT line supplies. Options L87 or L88 are available to
realize this.
Notes on touch protection:
In the standard version of the SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet,
in compliance with the current standards, finger and back of
hand protection is ensured when the cabinet doors are open.
With option M60 "Additional touch protection", the drive cabinets
are equipped with additional touch protection corresponding to
BGV A3.
Notes on the armature circuit busbars:
Aluminum armature busbars are used for cabinets with rated DC
currents of 1 500, 1 600, 1 900, 2 000 and 2 200 A. When select-
ing option M11, nickel-plated copper busbars are supplied.
1)
Conditions
The closed-loop control (PI control) constancy is referred to the rated motor
speed and applies when the SINAMICS DC MASTER is in the warm operat-
ing condition. This is based on the following preconditions:
- Temperature changes of 10 C
- Line supply voltage changes of +10 %/5 % of the rated input voltage
- Temperature coefficient of tachometer generator with temperature com-
pensation: 0.15 every 10 C (for analog tachometer generator only)
- Constant setpoint
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/16
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 400 V 3 AC, 60 to 210 A, two-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8025-
6DS22-0AA0
6RM8028-
6DS22-0AA0
6RM8031-
6DS22-0AA0
6RM8075-
6DS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 400
(+15 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 49.8 74.7 103.75 174.3
Cooling air requirement m/h 800 800 800 800
Sound pressure level dB (A) 72 72 72 72
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 485 485 485 485
Rated DC current A 60 90 125 210
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 29.1 43.65 60.625 101.85
Power loss at rated DC current W 463 592 691 1 152
Rated DC field voltage V max. 325 max. 325 max. 325 max. 325
Rated DC field current A 10 10 10 15
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
1 16 1 25 1 50 1 95
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
1 16 1 25 1 50 1 95
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 1.5 1 1.5 1 1.5 1 2.5
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
2.5 2.5 2.5 4
Max. permissible fusing on the customer's
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 63 80 125 200
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50
2)
50
2)
50
2)
50
3)
Auxiliary power supply A 16 16 16 25
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 30 30
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 600 600 600 600
Height mm 2 326 2 326 2 326 2 326
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size BC BC BC BC
Weight, approx. kg 233 233 240 263
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 43 kA.
3)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 25 kA.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/17
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 400 V 3 AC, 280 to 850 A, two-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8078-
6DS22-0AA0
6RM8081-
6DS22-0AA0
6RM8085-
6DS22-0AA0
6RM8087-
6DS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 400
(+15 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 232.4 332 498 705.5
Cooling air requirement m/h 800 600 600 600
Sound pressure level dB (A) 72 74 74 74
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 485 485 485 485
Rated DC current A 280 400 600 850
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 135.8 194 291 412.25
Power loss at rated DC current W 1 482 2 131 2 884 3 759
Rated DC field voltage V max. 325 max. 325 max. 325 max. 325
Rated DC field current A 15 25 25 30
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
1 120 1 185 2 150 2 240
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
2 50 1 185 2 150 4 95
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 2.5 1 4 1 4 1 4
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
4 10 10 16
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 250 355 500 710
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50
2)
50 50 50
Auxiliary power supply A 25 50 50 63
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 30 30
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 600 800 800 1 200
Height mm 2 326 2 200 2 200 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size BC CC CC DC
Weight, approx. kg 273 320 340 490
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 25 kA.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/18
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 400 V 3 AC, 1 200 to 3 000 A, two-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8091-
6DS22-0AA0
6RM8093-
4DS22-0AA0
6RM8095-
4DS22-0AA0
6RM8098-
4DS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 400
(+15 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 996 1 328 1 660 2 490
Cooling air requirement m/h 1 000 3 000 3 000 3 000
Sound pressure level dB (A) 76 78 78 78
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 485 485 485 485
Rated DC current A 1 200 1 600 2 000 3 000
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 582 776 970 1 455
Power loss at rated DC current W 4 697 6 430 7 618 11 747
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 30 40 40 40
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
4 150 6 150 6 185 8 240
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
4 185 8 95 8 150 8 240
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 4 1 6 1 6 1 6
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
16 35 35 35
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A
2)

2)

2)

2)
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 65 75 75 75
Auxiliary power supply A 63 100 100 100
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 50 50 50
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 1 200 1 400 1 400 1 400
Height mm 2 200 2 200 2 200 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size DC EC EC EC
Weight, approx. kg 570 760 800 930
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
It must be ensured that the maximum permissible short-circuit current at
the supply switch of the drive cabinet is not exceeded.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/19
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 480 V 3 AC, 60 to 280 A, two-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8025-
6FS22-0AA0
6RM8028-
6FS22-0AA0
6RM8031-
6FS22-0AA0
6RM8075-
6FS22-0AA0
6RM8078-
6FS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 480
(+10 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 49.8 74.7 103.75 174.3 232.4
Cooling air requirement m/h 800 800 800 800 800
Sound pressure level dB (A) 72 72 72 72 72
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 575 575 575 575 575
Rated DC current A 60 90 125 210 280
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 34.5 51.75 71.875 120.75 161
Power loss at rated DC current W 512 614 713 1 225 1 481
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 10 10 10 15 15
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
1 16 1 25 1 50 1 95 1 120
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
1 16 1 25 1 50 1 95 2 50
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 1.5 1 1.5 1 1.5 1 2.5 1 2.5
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
2.5 2.5 2.5 4 4
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 63 80 125 200 250
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50
2)
50
2)
50
2)
50
3)
50
3)
Auxiliary power supply A 16 16 16 25 25
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 30 30 30
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 600 600 600 600 600
Height mm 2 326 2 326 2 326 2 326 2 326
Depth mm 600 600 600 600 600
Size BC BC BC BC BC
Weight, approx. kg 233 238 240 273 273
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 43 kA.
3)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 25 kA.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/20
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 480 V 3 AC, 450 to 1 200 A, two-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8082-
6FS22-0AA0
6RM8085-
6FS22-0AA0
6RM8087-
6FS22-0AA0
6RM8091-
6FS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 480
(+10 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 373.5 498 705.5 996
Cooling air requirement m/h 600 600 600 1 000
Sound pressure level dB (A) 74 74 74 76
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 575 575 575 575
Rated DC current A 450 600 850 1 200
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 258.75 345 488.75 690
Power loss at rated DC current W 2 377 3 097 3 983 4 857
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 25 25 30 30
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
2 120 2 150 2 240 4 150
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
2 95 2 150 4 95 4 185
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
10 10 16 16
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 400 500 710
2)
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50 50 50 65
Auxiliary power supply A 50 50 63 63
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 30 30
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 800 800 1 200 1 200
Height mm 2 200 2 200 2 200 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size CC CC DC DC
Weight, approx. kg 340 355 500 570
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
It must be ensured that the maximum permissible short-circuit current at
the supply switch of the drive cabinet is not exceeded.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/21
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 575 V 3 AC, 60 to 400 A, two-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8025-
6GS22-0AA0
6RM8031-
6GS22-0AA0
6RM8075-
6GS22-0AA0
6RM8081-
6GS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 575
(+10 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 49.8 103.75 174.3 332
Cooling air requirement m/h 800 800 800 600
Sound pressure level dB (A) 72 72 72 74
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 690 690 690 690
Rated DC current A 60 125 210 400
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 41.4 86.25 144.9 276
Power loss at rated DC current W 487 762 1 284 2 439
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 10 10 15 25
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
1 16 1 50 1 95 1 185
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
1 16 1 50 1 95 1 185
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 1.5 1 1.5 1 2.5 1 4
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
2.5 2.5 4 10
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 63 125 200 355
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50
2)
50
2)
50
3)
50
Auxiliary power supply A 16 16 25 50
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 30 30
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 600 600 600 800
Height mm 2 326 2 326 2 326 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size BC BC BC CC
Weight, approx. kg 233 240 273 335
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 43 kA.
3)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 25 kA.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/22
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 575 V 3 AC, 600 to 1 600 A, two-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8085-
6GS22-0AA0
6RM8087-
6GS22-0AA0
6RM8090-
6GS22-0AA0
6RM8093-
4GS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 575
(+10 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 498 664 913 1 328
Cooling air requirement m/h 600 600 1 000 3 000
Sound pressure level dB (A) 74 74 76 78
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 690 690 690 690
Rated DC current A 600 800 1 100 1 600
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 414 552 759 1 104
Power loss at rated DC current W 3 190 3 932 4 583 6 988
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 25 30 30 40
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
2 150 2 240 4 150 6 150
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
2 150 4 95 4 120 8 95
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 4 1 4 1 4 1 6
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
10 16 16 35
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 500 710
2)

2)
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50 50 65 75
Auxiliary power supply A 50 63 63 100
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 30 50
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 800 1 200 1 200 1 400
Height mm 2 200 2 200 2 200 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size CC DC DC EC
Weight, approx. kg 355 515 600 775
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
It must be ensured that the maximum permissible short-circuit current at
the supply switch of the drive cabinet is not exceeded.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/23
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 575 V 3 AC, 2 000 to 2 800 A, two-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8095-
4GS22-0AA0
6RM8096-
4GS22-0AA0
6RM8097-
4GS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 575
(+10 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 1 660 1 826 2 324
Cooling air requirement m/h 3 000 3 000 3 000
Sound pressure level dB (A) 78 78 78
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 690 690 690
Rated DC current A 2 000 2 200 2 800
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 1 380 1 518 1 932
Power loss at rated DC current W 8 090 8 408 11 937
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 40 40 40
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
6 185 8 150 8 240
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
8 150 8 185 8 240
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 6 1 6 1 6
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
35 35 35
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A
2)

2)

2)
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 75 75 75
Auxiliary power supply A 100 100 100
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50 50 50
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 1 400 1 400 1 400
Height mm 2 200 2 200 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600
Size EC EC EC
Weight, approx. kg 830 930 1 010
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
It must be ensured that the maximum permissible short-circuit current at
the supply switch of the drive cabinet is not exceeded.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/24
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 690 V 3 AC, 720 to 2 600 A, two-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8086-
6KS22-0AA0
6RM8090-
6KS22-0AA0
6RM8093-
4KS22-0AA0
6RM8095-
4KS22-0AA0
6RM8097-
4KS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 690
(+10 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 597.6 830 1 245 1 660 2 158
Cooling air requirement m/h 600 1 000 3 000 3 000 3 000
Sound pressure level dB (A) 74 76 78 78 78
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 830 830 830 830 830
Rated DC current A 720 1 000 1 500 2 000 2 600
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 597.6 830 1 245 1 660 2 158
Power loss at rated DC current W 4 012 4 642 7 627 9 175 12 007
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 30 30 40 40 40
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
2 240 4 120 6 120 6 185 8 240
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
4 95 4 120 8 95 8 150 8 240
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 4 1 4 1 6 1 6 1 6
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
16 16 35 35 35
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 630
2)

2)

2)

2)
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50 65 75 75 75
Auxiliary power supply A 63 63 100 100 100
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 50 50 50
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 1 200 1 200 1 400 1 400 1 600
Height mm 2 200 2 200 2 200 2 200 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600 600 600
Size DC DC EC EC FC
Weight, approx. kg 515 600 795 830 1 050
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
It must be ensured that the maximum permissible short-circuit current at
the supply switch of the drive cabinet is not exceeded.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/25
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 830 V 3 AC, 950 to 1 900 A and 950 V 3 AC, 2 200 A, two-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8088-
6LS22-0AA0
6RM8093-
4LS22-0AA0
6RM8095-
4LS22-0AA0
6RM8096-
4MS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 830
(+10 %/20 %)
3 AC 950
(+15 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 788.5 1 245 1 577 1 826
Cooling air requirement m/h 1 000 3 000 3 000 3 000
Sound pressure level dB (A) 76 78 78 78
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 140
Rated DC current A 950 1 500 1 900 2 200
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 950 1 500 1 900 2 508
Power loss at rated DC current W 4 911 8 039 9 986 12 957
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 30 40 40 40
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
4 120 6 120 6 185 8 150
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
4 120 8 95 8 150 8 185
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 4 1 6 1 6 1 6
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
16 35 35 35
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A
2)

2)

2)

2)
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50 50 50 50
Auxiliary power supply A 63 100 100 100
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 50 50 50
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 1 200 1 400 1 400 1 600
Height mm 2 200 2 200 2 200 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size DC EC EC FC
Weight, approx. kg 600 825 905 1 050
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
It must be ensured that the maximum permissible short-circuit current at
the supply switch of the drive cabinet is not exceeded.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/26
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 400 V 3 AC, 15 to 90 A, four-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8013-
6DV62-0AA0
6RM8018-
6DV62-0AA0
6RM8025-
6DV62-0AA0
6RM8028-
6DV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 400
(+15 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 12 25 50 75
Cooling air requirement m/h 800 800 800 800
Sound pressure level dB (A) 72 72 72 72
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 420 420 420 420
Rated DC current A 15 30 60 90
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 6.3 12.6 25.2 37.8
Power loss at rated DC current W 292 372 485 587
Rated DC field voltage V max. 325 max. 325 max. 325 max. 325
Rated DC current Feld A 3 5 10 10
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
1 2.5 1 6 1 16 1 25
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
1 2.5 1 6 1 16 1 25
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 1.5 1 1.5 1 1.5 1 1.5
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 20 32 63 80
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50
2)
50
2)
50
2)
50
2)
Auxiliary power supply A 16 16 16 16
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 30 30
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 600 600 600 600
Height mm 2 326 2 326 2 326 2 326
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size BC BC BC BC
Weight, approx. kg 233 213 233 233
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 43 kA.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/27
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 400 V 3 AC, 125 to 400 A, four-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8031-
6DV62-0AA0
6RM8075-
6DV62-0AA0
6RM8078-
6DV62-0AA0
6RM8081-
6DV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 400
(+15 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 104 174 232 332
Cooling air requirement m/h 800 800 800 600
Sound pressure level dB (A) 72 72 72 74
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 420 420 420 420
Rated DC current A 125 210 280 400
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 52.5 88.2 117.6 168
Power loss at rated DC current W 726 1 202 1 557 2 226
Rated DC field voltage V max. 325 max. 325 max. 325 max. 325
Rated DC current Feld A 10 15 15 25
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
1 50 1 95 1 120 1 185
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
1 50 1 95 2 50 1 185
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 1.5 1 2.5 1 2.5 1 4
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
2.5 4 4 10
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 125 200 250 355
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50
2)
50
3)
50
3)
50
Auxiliary power supply A 16 25 25 50
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 30 30
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 600 600 600 800
Height mm 2 326 2 326 2 326 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size BC BC BC CC
Weight, approx. kg 240 263 273 320
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 43 kA.
3)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 25 kA.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/28
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 400 V 3 AC, 600 to 1 600 A, four-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8085-
6DV62-0AA0
6RM8087-
6DV62-0AA0
6RM8091-
6DV62-0AA0
6RM8093-
4DV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 400
(+15 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 498 706 996 1 328
Cooling air requirement m/h 600 600 1 000 3 000
Sound pressure level dB (A) 74 74 76 78
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 420 420 420 420
Rated DC current A 600 850 1 200 1 600
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 252 357 504 672
Power loss at rated DC current W 2 984 3 939 4 697 6 430
Rated DC field voltage V max. 325 max. 325 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 25 30 30 40
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
2 150 2 240 4 150 6 150
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
2 150 4 95 4 185 8 95
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 4 1 4 1 4 1 6
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
10 16 16 35
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 500 710
2)

2)
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50 50 65 75
Auxiliary power supply A 50 63 63 100
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 30 50
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 800 1 200 1 200 1 400
Height mm 2 200 2 200 2 200 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size CC DC DC EC
Weight, approx. kg 340 490 570 780
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
It must be ensured that the maximum permissible short-circuit current at
the supply switch of the drive cabinet is not exceeded.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/29
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 400 V 3 AC, 2 000 to 3 000 A, four-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8095-
4DV62-0AA0
6RM8098-
4DV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 400
(+15 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 1 660 2 490
Cooling air requirement m/h 3 000 3 000
Sound pressure level dB (A) 78 78
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 420 420
Rated DC current A 2 000 3 000
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 840 1 260
Power loss at rated DC current W 7 618 11 747
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 40 40
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
6 185 8 240
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
8 150 8 240
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 6 1 6
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
35 35
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A
2)

2)
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 75 75
Auxiliary power supply A 100 100
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50 50
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 1 400 1 400
Height mm 2 200 2 200
Depth mm 600 600
Size EC EC
Weight, approx. kg 820 950
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
It must be ensured that the maximum permissible short-circuit current at
the supply switch of the drive cabinet is not exceeded.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/30
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 480 V 3 AC, 15 to 90 A, four-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8013-
6FV62-0AA0
6RM8018-
6FV62-0AA0
6RM8025-
6FV62-0AA0
6RM8028-
6FV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 480
(+10 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 12 25 50 75
Cooling air requirement m/h 800 800 800 800
Sound pressure level dB (A) 72 72 72 72
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 500 500 500 500
Rated DC current A 15 30 60 90
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 6.3 15 30 45
Power loss at rated DC current W 292 377 534 609
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 3 5 10 10
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
1 2.5 1 6 1 16 1 25
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
1 2.5 1 6 1 16 1 25
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 1.5 1 1.5 1 1.5 1 1.5
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 20 32 63 80
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50
2)
50
2)
50
2)
50
2)
Auxiliary power supply A 16 16 16 16
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 30 30
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 600 600 600 600
Height mm 2 326 2 326 2 326 2 326
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size BC BC BC BC
Weight, approx. kg 210 215 233 238
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 43 kA.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/31
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 480 V 3 AC, 125 to 450 A, four-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8031-
6FV62-0AA0
6RM8075-
6FV62-0AA0
6RM8078-
6FV62-0AA0
6RM8082-
6FV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 480
(+10 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 104 174 232 374
Cooling air requirement m/h 800 800 800 600
Sound pressure level dB (A) 72 72 72 74
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 500 500 500 500
Rated DC current A 125 210 280 450
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 62.5 105 140 225
Power loss at rated DC current W 748 1 275 1 556 2 467
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 10 15 15 25
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
1 50 1 95 1 120 2 120
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
1 50 1 95 2 50 2 95
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 1.5 1 2.5 1 2.5 1 4
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
2.5 4 4 10
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 125 200 250 400
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50
2)
50
3)
50
3)
50
Auxiliary power supply A 16 25 25 50
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 30 30
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 600 600 600 800
Height mm 2 326 2 326 2 326 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size BC BC BC CC
Weight, approx. kg 240 273 273 340
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 43 kA.
3)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 25 kA.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/32
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 480 V 3 AC, 600 to 1 200 A, four-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8085-
6FV62-0AA0
6RM8087-
6FV62-0AA0
6RM8091-
6FV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 480
(+10 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 498 706 996
Cooling air requirement m/h 600 600 1 000
Sound pressure level dB (A) 74 74 76
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 500 500 500
Rated DC current A 600 850 1 200
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 300 425 600
Power loss at rated DC current W 3 197 4 303 4 857
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 25 30 30
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
2 150 2 240 4 150
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
2 150 4 95 4 185
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 4 1 4 1 4
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
10 16 16
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 500 710
2)
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50 50 65
Auxiliary power supply A 50 63 63
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 30
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 800 1 200 1 200
Height mm 2 200 2 200 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600
Size CC DC DC
Weight, approx. kg 355 500 570
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
It must be ensured that the maximum permissible short-circuit current at
the supply switch of the drive cabinet is not exceeded.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/33
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 575 V 3 AC, 60 to 400 A, four-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8025-
6GV62-0AA0
6RM8031-
6GV62-0AA0
6RM8075-
6GV62-0AA0
6RM8081-
6GV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 575
(+10 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 50 104 174 332
Cooling air requirement m/h 800 800 800 600
Sound pressure level dB (A) 72 72 72 74
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 600 600 600 600
Rated DC current A 60 125 210 400
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 36 75 126 240
Power loss at rated DC current W 509 797 1 320 2 534
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 10 10 15 25
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
1 16 1 50 1 95 1 185
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
1 16 1 50 1 95 1 185
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 1.5 1 2.5 1 2.5 1 4
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
2.5 2.5 4 10
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 63 125 200 355
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50
2)
50
2)
50
3)
50
Auxiliary power supply A 16 16 25 50
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 30 30
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 600 600 600 800
Height mm 2 326 2 326 2 326 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size BC BC BC CC
Weight, approx. kg 233 240 273 335
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 43 kA.
3)
With option L00 (radio interference suppression filter), the maximum
permissible short-circuit current is reduced to 25 kA.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/34
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 575 V 3 AC, 600 to 1 600 A, four-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8085-
6GV62-0AA0
6RM8087-
6GV62-0AA0
6RM8090-
6GV62-0AA0
6RM8093-
4GV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 575
(+10 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 498 706 913 1 328
Cooling air requirement m/h 600 600 1 000 3 000
Sound pressure level dB (A) 74 74 76 78
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 600 600 600 600
Rated DC current A 600 850 1 100 1 600
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 360 510 660 960
Power loss at rated DC current W 3 290 4 112 4 583 6 988
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 25 30 30 40
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
2 150 2 240 4 150 6 150
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
2 150 4 95 4 120 8 95
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 4 1 4 1 4 1 6
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
10 16 16 35
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 500 710
2)

2)
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50 50 65 75
Auxiliary power supply A 50 63 63 100
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 30 50
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 800 1 200 1 200 1 400
Height mm 2 200 2 200 2 200 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size CC DC DC EC
Weight, approx. kg 355 515 600 795
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
It must be ensured that the maximum permissible short-circuit current at
the supply switch of the drive cabinet is not exceeded.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/35
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 575 V 3 AC, 2 000 to 2 800 A, four-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8095-
4GV62-0AA0
6RM8096-
4GV62-0AA0
6RM8097-
4GV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 575
(+10 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 1 660 1 826 2 324
Cooling air requirement m/h 3 000 3 000 3 000
Sound pressure level dB (A) 78 78 78
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 600 600 600
Rated DC current A 2 000 2 200 2 800
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 1 200 1 320 1 680
Power loss at rated DC current W 8 090 8 408 11 937
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 40 40 40
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
6 185 8 150 8 240
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
8 150 8 185 8 240
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 6 1 6 1 6
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
35 35 35
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A
2)

2)

2)
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 75 75 75
Auxiliary power supply A 100 100 100
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50 50 50
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 1 400 1 400 1 400
Height mm 2 200 2 200 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600
Size EC EC EC
Weight, approx. kg 850 950 1 030
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
It must be ensured that the maximum permissible short-circuit current at
the supply switch of the drive cabinet is not exceeded.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/36
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 690 V 3 AC, 760 to 2 600 A, four-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8086-
6KV62-0AA0
6RM8090-
6KV62-0AA0
6RM8093-
4KV62-0AA0
6RM8095-
4KV62-0AA0
6RM8097-
4KV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 690
(+10 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 631 830 1 245 1 660 2 158
Cooling air requirement m/h 600 1 000 3 000 3 000 3 000
Sound pressure level dB (A) 74 76 78 78 78
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 725 725 725 725 725
Rated DC current A 760 1 000 1 500 2 000 2 600
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 551 725 1 087.5 1 450 1 885
Power loss at rated DC current W 4 352 4 642 7 627 9 175 12 007
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 30 30 40 40 40
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
2 240 4 120 6 120 6 185 8 240
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
4 95 4 120 8 95 8 150 8 240
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 4 1 4 1 6 1 6 1 6
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
16 16 35 35 35
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A 630
2)

2)

2)

2)
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50 65 75 75 75
Auxiliary power supply A 63 63 100 100 100
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 30 50 50 50
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 1 200 1 200 1 400 1 400 1 600
Height mm 2 200 2 200 2 200 2 200 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600 600 600
Size DC DC EC EC FC
Weight, approx. kg 515 600 815 850 1 070
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
It must be ensured that the maximum permissible short-circuit current at
the supply switch of the drive cabinet is not exceeded.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/37
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for 830 V 3 AC, 950 to 1 900 A and 950 V 3 AC, 2 200 V, four-quadrant operation

Type
6RM8088-
6LV62-0AA0
6RM8093-
4LV62-0AA0
6RM8095-
4LV62-0AA0
6RM8096-
4MV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage V 3 AC 830
(+10 %/20 %)
3 AC 950
(+15 %/20 %)
Rated armature input current A 789 1 245 1 577 1 826
Cooling air requirement m/h 1 000 3 000 3 000 3 000
Sound pressure level dB (A) 76 78 78 78
Rated frequency Hz 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65 45 ... 65
Rated DC voltage V 875 875 875 1 000
Rated DC current A 950 1 500 1 900 2 200
Overload capability x I
n
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Rated power kW 831.25 1 312.5 1 662.5 2 200
Power loss at rated DC current W 4 911 8 039 9 986 12 957
Rated DC field voltage V max. 390 max. 390 max. 390 max. 390
Rated DC field current A 30 40 40 40
Max. connection cross-sections
1)
Line connection (3 phases and PE) Number mm
2
4 120 6 120 6 185 8 150
Armature circuit connection Number mm
2
4 150 8 95 8 150 8 185
Field circuit connection Number mm
2
1 4 1 6 1 6 1 6
Auxiliary power supply mm
2
16 35 35 35
Max. permissible fusing on the customers
side (NH fuse gL/gG)
Power connections A
2)

2)

2)

2)
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 50 50 50 50
Auxiliary power supply A 63 100 100 100
- Max. permissible short-circuit current kA 30 50 50 50
Normal ambient temperature in operation C See the table on installation altitude and ambient temperature on Page 3/13
Dimensions
Width mm 1 200 1 400 1 400 1 600
Height mm 2 200 2 200 2 200 2 200
Depth mm 600 600 600 600
Size DC EC EC FC
Weight, approx. kg 600 845 925 1 070
1)
With cable lugs according to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; for units from 2 600
to 3 000 A, motor cables are only directly connected at the DC converter
using cable lugs according to DIN 46234.
2)
It must be ensured that the maximum permissible short-circuit current at
the supply switch of the drive cabinet is not exceeded.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/38
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Schematics
Block diagrams
Representative for the converter cabinets, three single-line cir-
cuit diagrams will be subsequently shown with the principal
electrical design of the basic version. Another diagram shows a
cabinet version with the options that are relevant from an electri-
cal perspective.

Single-line circuit diagram, rated DC current 280 A
13
18
25
28
31
75
78
15 A
30 A
60 A
90 A
125 A
210 A
280 A
.................
................
................
................
...............
..............
..............
D
F
G
400 V
480 V
575 V
.......
.......
.......
S2...2 Quadrant
V6...4 Quadrant
6RM80__-6___2-0AA0
Auxiliary supply
U
N
= 400 V/50 Hz
Armature supply
1)
Only applicable for 4 quadrant drives
Controls Cabinet fan
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
8
2
1)
M
3~
M
1~
M
AOP30
Control-
options
Device-
options
400 V/230 V
+Ext.
+Ext.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/39
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Schematics (continued)

Single-line circuit diagram, rated DC current 850 A
..............
..............
..............
..............
..............
..............
..............
400 V
480 V
575 V
690 V
.......
.......
.......
.......
6RM80__-6___2-0AA0
81
82
85
86
86
87
87
400 A
450 A
600 A
720 A (2Q)
760 A (4Q)
800 A (2Q, 575 V)
850 A
D
F
G
K
S2...2 Quadrant
V6...4 Quadrant
M
3~
M
Auxiliary supply
U
N
= 400 V/50 Hz
Armature supply
1)
Only applicable for 4 quadrant drives
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
8
3
Controls
1)
AOP30
Control-
options
Device-
options
400 V/230 V
+Ext.
+Ext.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/40
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Schematics (continued)

Single-line circuit diagram, rated DC current 3 000 A
................
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
..............
..............
..............
..............
..............
400 V
480 V
575 V
690 V
830 V
950 V
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
88
90
90
91
93
93
95
95
96
97
97
98
950 A
1000 A (690 V)
1100 A (575 V)
1200 A
1500 A (690 V, 830 V)
1600 A (400 V, 575 V)
1900 A (830 V)
2000 A (400 V, 575 V, 690 V)
2200 A
2600 A (690 V)
2800 A (575 V)
3000 A
D
F
G
K
L
M
S2......2 Quadrant
V6......4 Quadrant
6RM80__-6___2-0AA0
6RM80__-4___2-0AA0
M
3~
M
M
Auxiliary supply
U
N
= 400 V/50 Hz
Armature supply
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
8
4
Controls
AOP30
Control-
options
Device-
options
400 V/230 V
+Ext.
+Ext.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/41
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Schematics (continued)

Single-line circuit diagram showing the options that are relevant from an electrical perspective
Auxiliary supply
U
N
= 230 V/50 Hz
I
N
max
= 13 A
Auxiliary supply
U
N
= 230 V/50 Hz
I
N
max
= 16 A
Auxiliary supply
U
N
= 230 V/50 Hz
I
N
max
= 16 A
Auxiliary supply
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
8
5
Armature supply
+L00
M
3~
M
3~
M
+D21 +D22
AOP30
Control-
options
Device-
options
+B83
+B65
+B63
+B66
+B64
+Ext.
+B62 +B61 +B60
+L87
+L88
+L87
+L88
+L82
+L00
V
V
+A30 +L55 +L50
+
L
2
1
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
+L06
+L07
+L09
400 V/230 V
+Ext.
A
A
E
A n V
+W20...+W41 +W70...+W91
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/42
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Schematics (continued)
Assignment of terminals and connectors
Overview
Overview of the terminals and connector assignment of
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet. When using special options,
additional terminals are available. A description is then provided
in the particular option description.

Terminal strip Function Remark Max. connectable
conductor cross-
section
Terminals
-X0 armature circuit supply
-X0 1 ... 3, PE Supply, 3 AC armature circuit Only from 15 up to 600 A, and only for option L00 (radio inter-
ference suppression filter), otherwise connected directly at the
main switch or circuit breaker, -X0 is then no longer applicable.
Dependent on the
rated current, refer to
the technical data.
-X1 auxiliary power supply 3 AC 400 V/50 Hz or 3 AC 460 V/60 Hz
-X1 1 ... 3, PE Supply, 3 AC auxiliary power supply In the basic version, an auxiliary power supply of 3 AC 400 V/
50 Hz or 3 AC 460 V/60 Hz is required. For different voltages,
option Y04 (auxiliary voltage 3 AC not the same as the standard
voltage) is required.
If a 3 AC auxiliary voltage is not available, then option Y03 (auxil-
iary voltage 3 AC not available) can be specified, connection -X1
is then omitted.
Note: For rated DC currents 15 up to 850 A, terminal X1 is only
provided in conjunction with option L00.
Dependent on the
option scope.
-X2 control terminals DC 24 V/AC 230 V
-X2 1, 2 Group fault signal, tripped circuit
breaker
Isolated contacts for 24 V DC up to max. 230 V AC. 2.5 mm
2
3, 4 External Emergency Stop
pushbutton
Not for option L57 or L59, circuit with 230 V AC,
An isolated, external contact (NC contact) is expected,
which initiates the external Emergency Stop.
2.5 mm
2
5, 6 Control interlocking of
main contactor
Only for option B30 (interlocking possibility for the supply circuit
breaker), circuit with 230 V AC, an external isolated contact to
open the main contactor (up to 850 A) or infeed circuit breaker
(from 950 A and higher) is expected. The wire jumpers inserted
between these terminals in the factory must be removed.
2.5 mm
2
21, 22 External EMERGENCY OFF/
EMERGENCY STOP reset
Only for option L57 or L59, 24 V DC circuit. 2.5 mm
2
23 ... 26 External EMERGENCY OFF/
EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton
Only for option L57 or L59, the external EMERGENCY OFF push-
button should be connected with channel 1 (NC contact) at ter-
minals 23, 24, and with channel 2 (NC contact) at terminals 25,
26. The wire jumpers inserted between these terminals in the fac-
tory must be removed. 24 V DC circuit.
2.5 mm
2
31 ... 40 Ground fault signal, fault and alarm Only for option L87 or L88 (ground fault monitoring in an
ungrounded line supply), two isolated changeover contacts of
the ground fault monitor for 24 V DC up to max. 230 V AC. These
contacts can be parameterized to the required signals. A test
can be initiated using an external pushbutton connected at termi-
nals 37 and 38. A reset can be initiated using an external push-
button (NC contact) connected at terminals 39, 40.
2.5 mm
2
31 ... 40 Fault current relay trip Only for option L82 (fault current monitoring in an ungrounded
line supply), an isolated changeover contact of the fault current
relay for 24 V DC up to max. 230 V AC at terminals 31 to 33 sig-
nals the trip; an external pushbutton can be connected to termi-
nals 37 and 38 to initiate a test trip. A reset can be initiated using
an external pushbutton (NC contact) connected at terminals 39,
40.
2.5 mm
2
41 ... 43 Ruptured fuse/disconnector position
7VV3002
Only for option B83 (overvoltage protection), isolated signaling
contact, which signals a ruptured fuse or the disconnector
position in the overvoltage protection, for 24 V DC up to max.
230 V AC.
2.5 mm
2
51, 52,
PE
24 V DC supply voltage Only for option L07 (24 V DC external power supply). 4 mm
2
61 ... 64,
PE
Motor holding brake Only for option Y51 (motor holding brake), supply and feeder for
a motor holding brake, 1 AC 230 V.
2.5 mm
2
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/43
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Schematics (continued)

Terminal strip Function Remark Max. connectable
conductor cross-
section
Terminals
-X3 motor interface (field, fan)
-X3 1, 2, PE Motor connection, field circuit Connectable cross-section depends on the selected cabinet
type of at least 2.5 mm
2
up to 10 mm
2
at 40 A and for option
L85 (field current 85 A) up to 35 mm
2
can be connected.
Dependent on the
cabinet type, refer to
the technical data.
3 ... 5, PE Feeder, motor fan 1 4 mm
2
6 ... 8, PE Feeder, motor fan 2 Only for options W70 to W91. 4 mm
2
-X4 auxiliary power supply 1 AC 230 V (optional)
-X4 1, 2, PE Supply, cabinet lighting Only for option L50 (cabinet lighting and service outlet),
1 AC 230 V, max. fuse 16 A, connectable cross-section, max.
2.5 mm
2
.
2.5 mm
2
3, 4, PE Supply, cabinet heating Only for option L55 (cabinet anti-condensation heating),
1 AC 230 V, max. fuse 16 A.
2.5 mm
2
5, 6, PE Supply, motor heating Only for option A30 (anti-condensation heating for the motor up
to max. 2 000 W, 230 V), 1 AC 230 V, max. fusing 16 A.
2.5 mm
2
Terminals 1-3-5 and 2-4-6 can be connected on the customer side by inserting a wire jumper, so that these three
options can also be supplied together.
6, 7, PE Feeder, motor heating Only for option A30 (anti-condensation heating for the motor up
to max. 2 000 W, 230 V), 1 AC 230 V.
2.5 mm
2
-X71 TMC for CUD left (standard)
-X71 1 ... 64 Input/output signals of the left-hand
CUD
On the terminal strip, all signals are available that exist at the CU,
binary inputs/outputs, analog inputs/outputs, input for an incre-
mental encoder, temperature measuring input, peer-to-peer inter-
face.
1.5 mm
2
-X72 TMC for CUD right (optional)
-X72 1 ... 64 Input/output signals of the right-hand
CUD
Only for option G10 or G11 (additional CU right)
On the terminal strip, all signals are available that exist at the CU,
binary inputs/outputs, analog inputs/outputs, input for an incre-
mental encoder, temperature measuring input, peer-to-peer inter-
face.
1.5 mm
2
SINAMICS DC MASTER Converter interfaces
X100, X101 DRIVE-CLiQ Only with the Advanced CUD (option G00, G11)
X126 PROFIBUS The standard CUD and/or Advanced CUD, or for commissioning,
integrated in the cabinet door (option L91).
X165, X166 Parallel interface The Standard CUD and/or Advanced CUD.
X178 RS485 interface Assigned as standard, as this is used to connect the AOP30.
(X179) (RS232 interface) For use as USS interface; cannot be used in parallel to interface
X178.
XT1 Analog tachometer
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/44
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Schematics (continued)
The Terminal Module Cabinet (TMC -X71, -X72)
The Terminal Module Cabinet (TMC) allows cables associated
with CUD standard signals to be connected in the lower section
of the SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet that is easy to access
(e.g. digital and analog inputs/outputs, peer-to-peer interface,
incremental encoder, temperature sensor). This is possible, as
the appropriate interfaces (X177 of the CUD) are routed to the
TMC using an adapter board (X71, X72).

TMC terminals

Connection diagram of the TMC with typical connections (max. 1.5 mm
2
)
#
U
#
U
#
U
#
U
#
U
#
U
#
U
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
8
8
A
n
a
l
o
g

i
n
p
u
t
s
A
n
a
l
o
g

i
n
p
u
t
s
Main setpoint
BA = electronically switchable bus termination
V/I = electronically switchable voltage / current input
D
i
g
i
t
a
l

o
u
t
p
u
t
s
D
i
g
i
t
a
l

i
n
p
u
t
s
/
o
u
t
p
u
t
s
M analog
Supply
Track 1
Track 2
Zero reference point
S
e
r
i
a
l
i
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
P
e
e
r
-
t
o
-
P
e
e
r
P
u
l
s
e

e
n
c
o
d
e
r
M digital
M digital
M digital
A
n
a
l
o
g

o
u
t
p
u
t
s
M
o
t
o
r
t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
M analog
sense
M analog
1)
7!.!2 CFF!
7!.!3 Enable
2)
7!.!9 Peserved lor aclvalon molor lan}cabnel lan
7!.20 Prewred lor couplnq relay
D
i
g
i
t
a
l

i
n
p
u
t
s
,
w
i
r
e
d

o
n

i
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
r
e
l
a
y
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
M
P24
P24
P10 1% / 10 mA
N10 1% / 10 mA
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
TX+
TX-
RX+
RX-
M
BA
P15
(300 mA max.)
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
A
A
D
D
1mA
V/I
V/I
1)
2)
P24_S (200 mA max.)
P24_S (200 mA max.)
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/45
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Schematics (continued)
Terminals at the Terminal Module Cabinet X71/X72
Assignment of terminals X71 (left-hand CUD) and X72 (right-hand CUD)

Terminal
X71/X72
Function Technical data
Analog inputs (user-assignable inputs)
1
2
AI3 +
AI3
Analog input 3 Input type (signal type):
Differential input 10 V; 150 k
Resolution approx. 5.4 mV ( 11 bit)
Common-mode controllability: 15 V
3
4
AI4 +
AI4
Analog input 4
5
6
AI5 +
AI5
Analog input 5
7
8
AI6 +
AI6
Analog input 6
Digital inputs (user-assignable inputs)
9
10
DC 24 V 24 V supply (output) 24 V DC, short-circuit proof
Max. load 200 mA or terminal open-circuit
internal supply referred to internal ground
11 DI0 Digital input 0 H signal: +15 +30 V
L signal: 30 +5 V or terminal open-circuit
8.5 mA at 24 V
12 DI1 Digital input 1
13 DI2 Digital input 2
14 DI3 Digital input 3
Digital inputs/outputs (user-assignable inputs/outputs)
15 DI/
DO4
Digital input/
output 4
Type, input/output parameterizable
Input features:
H signal: +15 +30 V
L signal: 0 +5 V or terminal open-circuit
8.5 mA at 24 V
Output features:
H signal: +20 +26 V
L signal: 0 +2 V
Short-circuit proof, 100 mA
Internal protective circuit (free wheeling diode)
For overload: Alarm A60018
16 DI/
DO5
Digital input/
output 5
17 DI/
DO6
Digital input/
output 6
18 DI/
DO7
Digital input/
output 7
19 DO0 Digital output 0 H signal: +20 +26 V
L signal: 0 +2 V
Short-circuit proof, 100 mA
Internal protective circuit (free wheeling diode)
For overload: Alarm A60018
20 DO1 Digital output 1
21 DO2 Digital output 2
22 DO3 Digital output 3
23, 24 M Ground, digital
Analog inputs, setpoint inputs (user-assignable inputs)
25
26
AI0 +
AI0
Analog input 0
Main setpoint
Input type (signal type), parameterizable:
- Differential input 10 V; 150 k
- Current input 0 20 mA; 300 oder 4 20 mA; 300
Resolution approx. 0.66 mV ( 14 bit)
Common-mode controllability: 15 V
27
28
AI1 +
AI1
Analog input 1
29
30
AI2 +
AI2
Analog input 2 Input type (signal type):
- Differential input 10 V; 150 k
Resolution approx. 0.66 mV ( 14 bit)
Common-mode controllability: 15 V
Reference voltage
31
32
P10
N10
Reference voltage 10 V
(output)
Tolerance 1 % at 25 C
Stability 0.1 % per 10 K
10 mA short-circuit proof
33, 34 M Ground, analog
Serial interface, peer-to-peer RS485
35, 36 M Ground, digital
37 TX+ Send line + 4-wire send cable, positive differential output
38 TX Send line 4-wire send cable, negative differential output
39 RX+ Receive cable + 4-wire receive cable, positive differential output
40 RX Receive cable 4-wire receive cable, negative differential output
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/46
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Schematics (continued)

C98043-A7119 TMC (Terminal Module Cabinet)
Terminal
X71/X72
Function Technical data
Incremental encoder input
41 Incremental encoder supply +13.7 +15.2 V, 300 mA short-circuit proof (electronically protected)
For overload: Alarm A60018
42 Ground, incremental encoder
43 Track 1 positive connection Load: 5.25 mA at 15 V (without switching losses)
Pulse duty factor: 1:1
Data regarding the cables, cable length, shield support, input pulse levels,
hysteresis, track offset, pulse frequency, see below
44 Track 1 negative connection
45 Track 2 positive connection
46 Track 2 negative connection
47 Zero mark, positive connection
48 Zero mark, negative connection
Analog outputs (user-assignable outputs)
49 AO0 Analog output 0 10 V, max. 2 mA short-circuit proof, resolution 15 bits
50 M Ground, analog
51 AO1 Analog output 1
52 M Ground, analog
Connections for temperature sensor (motor interface 1)
53 Temp 1 Sensor acc. to p50490
The cable to the temperature sensor on the motor must be shielded and connected
to ground at both ends.
The cables for the Temp 1 and Temp 3 connections to the temperature sensor must
be approximately the same length.
The sense cable (Temp 2) is used for compensating the cable resistances. If you
are not using a sense cable, terminals 54 and 55 must be connected.
54 Temp 2 (sense cable)
55 Temp 3
Terminals for ground and the 24 V DC supply
56 M Ground, analog
57, 58, 59, 60 DC 24 V 24 V supply (output) 24 V DC, short-circuit proof, max. load 200 mA (terminals 9, 10, 57, 58, 59 and 60
together), internal supply referred to ground, digital and ground, analog
61, 62, 63, 64 M Ground, digital
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Ordering and technology
3/47
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
More information
The documentation for SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet is split
up into a project-specific part and in the documentation for
SINAMICS DC MASTER DC Converter, SINAMICS DC MASTER
Control Module and SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet. Included
in the scope of supply is a DVD with the documentation for the
SINAMICS DC MASTER; the project-specific documentation is
provided on a separate data storage medium. In addition, the
project-specific circuit diagram is provided in paper form.
Further, the documentation of the various options is described
in Chapter 4.
Project-specific documentation for SINAMICS DC MASTER
Cabinet
Dimension drawing
Circuit manual
Documentation of the installed components
The circuit manual is generated on a project for project basis
and is split up into the following parts:
Cover sheet
List of documents
Information sheets
Single-line circuit diagram as overview
Layout drawing
Circuit diagram
Terminal connection diagram
Parts list
Documentation for SINAMICS DC MASTER
The standard languages of the documentation on DVD are
German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Russian and
Chinese.
The technical documentation includes the following manuals:
Operating Instructions for SINAMICS DCM DC Converter
Operating Instructions for SINAMICS DCM Control Module
Operating Instructions for SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
1)
List Manual (parameter lists and function diagrams)
Function Manual SINAMICS Free Function Blocks
1)
The following additional documentation and information is
provided on the DVD:
Safety instructions
Applications
Accessories
Function block diagrams in the VISIO format (vsd)
Dimension drawings in the dxf and pdf formats
STARTER commissioning tool
Spare parts, SparesOnWeb (Internet)
Service, technical support
Certifications
Latest firmware (Internet)
Configuring notes regarding dynamic overload capability
List of secondary conditions
FAQ (Internet)
License conditions
The documentation can be separately ordered as accessory on
paper or on DVD corresponding to the "Selection and ordering
data".
Selection and ordering data, documentation on paper

Selection and ordering data, documentation on DVD

Documentation Language Order No.
Operating Instructions
Cabinet
German/
English
6RX1800-0SD74
Operating Instructions
DC Converter
German 6RX1800-0AD00
English 6RX1800-0AD76
French 6RX1800-0AD77
Spanish 6RX1800-0AD78
Italian 6RX1800-0AD72
Russian 6RX1800-0AD56
Chinese 6RX1800-0AD27
Operating Instructions
Control Module
German 6RX1800-0BD00
English 6RX1800-0BD76
French 6RX1800-0BD77
Spanish 6RX1800-0BD78
Italian 6RX1800-0BD72
Russian 6RX1800-0BD56
List Manual German 6RX1800-0ED00
English 6RX1800-0ED76
French 6RX1800-0ED77
Spanish 6RX1800-0ED78
Italian 6RX1800-0ED72
Russian 6RX1800-0ED56
Chinese 6RX1800-0ED27
Function Manual
SINAMICS
Free function blocks
German 6RX1800-0FD00
English 6RX1800-0FD76
Set of manuals
DC Converter
includes the Operating
Instructions, List Manual and
Function Manual Free Function
Blocks
2)
German 6RX1800-0GD00
English 6RX1800-0GD76
French 6RX1800-0GD77
Spanish 6RX1800-0GD78
Italian 6RX1800-0GD72
Russian 6RX1800-0GD56
Chinese 6RX1800-0GD27
Set of manuals
Control Module
includes the Operating
Instructions, List Manual and
Function Manual Free Function
Blocks
2)
German 6RX1800-0JD00
English 6RX1800-0JD76
French 6RX1800-0JD77
Spanish 6RX1800-0JD78
Italian 6RX1800-0JD72
Russian 6RX1800-0JD56
Documentation Order No.
All documentation in all languages on DVD 6RX1800-0AD64
1)
Operating Instructions SINAMICS DCM Cabinet and Function Manual
SINAMICS Free Function Blocks only in German and English.
2)
Function Manual Free Function Blocks only in German and English.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Notes
3/48
Siemens D 23.2 2013
3
Siemens AG 2013
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
4/2 General information
4/2 Overview
4/2 Note
4/2 Procedure when ordering
4/2 Available options
4/2 Overview
4/4 Options-selection matrices
4/5 Ordering examples
4/5 Overview
4/6 Description of the options
4/6 Overview
4/6 DC Converter
4/6 - G00
4/6 - G10
4/6 - G11
4/6 - G20
4/7 - G21
4/7 - L10
4/7 - L11
4/7 - L21
4/7 - L85
4/7 - M08
4/7 - M10
4/7 - S01
4/7 - S02
4/7 Other voltages, frequencies
4/7 - L04
4/8 - L05
4/8 - L06
4/8 - L07
4/8 - L09
4/8 - V60
4/8 - Y02
4/8 - Y03
4/8 - Y04
4/9 OFF functions
4/9 - B30
4/9 - L57
4/9 - L59
4/9 Display instruments
4/9 - B60 to B66
4/9 - P11
4/10 Supplementary circuits
4/10 - C51
4/10 - K85
4/10 - L00
4/10 - L22
4/10 - L50
4/10 - L55
4/10 - V70
4/11 - V71
4/11 - V72
4/11 - V73
4/11 - V74
4/11 - Y51
4/11 - Y52
4/11 - Y53
4/11 - Y54
4/11 - Y55
4/11 - Y56
4/11 - Y60
4/11 Motor-relevant options
4/11 - A30
4/11 - W15
4/11 - W20 to W41
4/12 - W70 to W91
4/12 - Y01
4/12 - A06
4/12 - A97
4/12 - L86
4/13 - B83
4/13 Monitoring functions
4/13 - L52
4/13 - L82
4/13 - L84
4/14 - L87
4/14 - L88
4/15 - L90
4/15 - L99
4/16 Supplementary modules
4/16 - G60
4/17 - G62
4/17 - K50
4/18 Mechanical options
4/18 - M06
4/18 - M07
4/18 - M21
4/19 - M23
4/19 - M43
4/20 - M54
4/20 - M58
4/20 - M59
4/20 - M60
4/20 - M66
4/20 - M90
4/21 Other options
4/21 - F03
4/21 - F97
4/21 - K07
4/21 - L91
4/21 - Q80 to Q85
4/21 - U09
4/21 - Y09
4/21 - Y32
4/22 - Customer-specific requirement
4/22 Documentation
4/22 - D02
4/22 - D04
4/22 - D14
4/22 - D19
4/22 - D20
4/22 - D21
4/22 - D22
4/22 - D58 to D80
4/22 Packing
4/22 - M91
4/22 - M92
4/22 - M93
4/22 - M94
Options
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
General information
Available options
4/2
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview
General information
Note:
A wide range of options allows the drive cabinets to be optimally
adapted to the particular requirements. Further, all special appli-
cation-specific features can be implemented on request.
Procedure when ordering:
When ordering a drive cabinet with options add the suffix "-Z"
after the order number and then state the order code(s) for the
desired option(s) after the suffix.
Example:
6RM8075-6GV62-0AA0-Z
G00+G20+L85+...
See also ordering examples.
Available options
The following table provides an overview of the available op-
tions. Detailed descriptions of the options are provided in the
section "Description of the options".

Order code Option Description
Page
A06 Brush length monitoring, limit value
monitoring, isolated
4/12
A30 Anti-condensation heating for motor,
up to max. 2 000 W, 230 V
4/11
A97 Air flow monitoring in the motor 4/12
B30 Interlocking option for infeed circuit
breaker
4/9
B60 Display instrument, "speed" 4/9
B61 Display instrument, "armature voltage" 4/9
B62 Display instrument, "armature current" 4/9
B63 Display instrument, "line voltage excita-
tion"
4/9
B64 Display instrument, "excitation current" 4/9
B65 Display instrument, "line voltage arma-
ture circuit"
4/9
B66 Display instrument, "line current" 4/9
B83 Overvoltage protection 4/13
C51 24 V coil voltage of the coupling relay at
the binary inputs
4/10
D02 Customer documentation (circuit dia-
gram, terminal diagram, layout diagram)
in the DXF format
4/22
D04 Customer documentation, paper 4/22
D14 Preliminary customer documentation 4/22
D19 Circuit diagram prepared for motor over-
temperature monitoring using a limit
value transmitter
4/22
D20 Circuit diagram prepared for motor tem-
perature monitoring
4/22
D21 Circuit diagram prepared for speed
actual value sensing (pulse encoder)
4/22
D22 Circuit diagram prepared for speed
actual value sensing (analog tachome-
ter)
4/22
D58 Documentation language:
English/French
4/22
D60 Documentation language:
English/Spanish
4/22
D61 Documentation language:
English/Russian
4/22
D80 Documentation language:
English/Italian
4/22
F03 Equipment acceptance with customer
present: visual acceptance
4/21
F97 Equipment acceptance with customer
present: customer-specific acceptance
4/21
Order code Option Description
Page
G00 Advanced CUD left 4/6
G10 Standard CUD right 4/6
G11 Advanced CUD right 4/6
G20 Communication Board CBE20 left 4/6
G21 Communication Board CBE20 right 4/7
G60 Customer terminal strip extension TM31 4/16
G62 Customer terminal strip extension TM15 4/17
K07 Without Advanced Operator Panel
AOP30
4/21
K50 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted SMC30 4/17
K85 Field reversal 4/10
L00 Radio interference suppression filter 4/10
L04 Armature supply with extra-low voltage
10 to 50 V
4/7
L05 Electronics power supply, SINAMICS DC
MASTER for connection to 24 V DC
4/8
L06 24 V DC power supply with SITOP 4/8
L07 24 V DC power supply from an external
supply
4/8
L09 24 V DC power supply with SITOP UPS 4/8
L10 Without field power section 4/7
L11 Field power section 2Q 4/7
L21 Unit fan for single-phase connection 4/7
L22 Elimination of the three-phase commutat-
ing reactor
4/10
L50 Cabinet lighting and service outlet 4/10
L52 ARC detector (arcing detector) 4/13
L55 Cabinet anti-condensation heating 4/10
L57 EMERGENCY OFF Category 0 for uncon-
trolled stopping in accordance with
EN 60204-1
4/9
L59 EMERGENCY STOP Category 1 for con-
trolled stopping in accordance with
EN 60204-1
4/9
L82 Fault current monitoring in the grounded
line supplies (TN or TT systems)
4/13
L84 PTC thermistor evaluation unit for alarm
or fault for two sensors
4/13
L85 85 A field power section 4/7
L86 Evaluation units for the following temper-
ature sensors:
KTY84-130, PT100 2-wire and 3-wire,
PT1000 2-wire and 3-wire, NTC
4/12
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Available options
4/3
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)

Order code Option Description
Page
L87 Insulation monitoring in non-grounded
line supplies (IT system) with insulating
monitoring devices from the Bender
company
4/14
L88 Insulation monitoring in non-grounded
line supplies (IT system) with insulating
monitoring devices from the AREVA com-
pany
4/14
L90 CCP (Converter Commutation Protector) 4/15
L91 Commissioning interface (PROFIBUS)
cabinet door access
4/21
L99 Monitoring the temperature inside the
drive cabinet
4/15
M06 Base 100 mm high, RAL 7022 4/18
M07 Cable-marshaling space 200 mm high,
RAL 7035
4/18
M08 Coated PCBs (only involves modules of
the SINAMCS DC MASTER DC
Converter)
4/7
M10 Nickel-plated copper busbars 4/7
M21 Degree of protection IP21 4/18
M23 Degree of protection IP23 4/19
M43 Degree of protection IP43 4/19
M54 Degree of protection IP54 with filter ele-
ments
4/20
M58 Degree of protection IP54 with climate
control unit
4/20
M59 Cabinet door closed, entry from the bot-
tom through an opening in the floor
4/20
M60 Additional shock hazard protection 4/20
M66 Marine version 4/20
M90 Crane transport aid (mounted at the top) 4/20
M91 Packaging type: wooden crate 4/22
M92 Packaging type: crate 4/22
M93 Packaging type: crate, seaworthy pack-
aging
4/22
M94 Packaging type: additional packaging
data IPPC ISPM15 (according to country-
specific regulations)
4/22
P11 Display instrument for line quantities with
PROFIBUS interface, installed in the cab-
inet door
4/9
Q80 Q85 Extension of liability for defects refer to
the Section, Service & Support, Exten-
sion for the liability for defects
4/21
S01 Memory card left 4/7
Order code Option Description
Page
S02 Memory card right 4/7
U09 Version according to UL Listing 4/21
V60 Control extension for a rated line fre-
quency of 60 Hz
4/8
V70 Input isolating amplifier, input: 0 to 20 mA 4/10
V71 Input isolating amplifier, input: 4 to 20 mA 4/11
V72 Input isolating amplifier, input: 0 to +10 V 4/11
V73 Input isolating amplifier, input: 20 to
+20 mA
4/11
V74 Input isolating amplifier, input: 10 to
+10 V
4/11
W15 No output provided for a motor fan 4/11
W20 W41 Setting range of the motor protection cir-
cuit breaker for the motor fan
4/11
W70 W91 Feeder for a second motor fan 4/12
Y01 Matching transformer for the motor fan 4/12
Y02 Matching transformer for the field supply 4/8
Y03 3 AC auxiliary voltage not available 4/8
Y04 3 AC auxiliary voltage not the same as
the standard voltage
4/8
Y09 Special cabinet paint finish 4/21
Y32 Labeling plate to identify the system, two
lines, 40 180 mm
4/21
Y51 Motor holding brake 4/11
Y52 Output isolating amplifier, output: 0 to
20 mA
4/11
Y53 Output isolating amplifier, output: 4 to
20 mA
4/11
Y54 Output isolating amplifier, output: 0 to
10 V
4/11
Y55 Output isolating amplifier, output: 20 to
+20 mA
4/11
Y56 Output isolating amplifier, output: 10 to
10 V
4/11
Y60 Coupling relay for binary output 4/11
Customer-specific requirement 4/22
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Available options
4/4
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
Options-selection matrices
The following selection matrices include options, which mutually exclude one another. Only the options, where an exclusion is not
obvious, are shown.




Components G00 G10 G11 G20 G21 L04 L05 L06 L07 L09 L10 L11 L85 L00 L22 Y02
Advanced CUD left G00
Standard CUD right G10
Advanced CUD right G11
Communication Board CBE20 left G20
Communication Board CBE20 right G21
Armature supply with extra-low voltage
10 to 50 V
L04
Electronics power supply, SINAMICS DC
MASTER for connection to 24 V DC
L05
24 V DC power supply with SITOP L06
24 V DC power supply from an external supply L07
24 V DC power supply with SITOP UPS L09
Without field power section L10
Field power section 2Q L11
85 A field power section L85
Radio interference suppression filter L00
Elimination of the three-phase commutating
reactor
L22 4
Matching transformer for the field supply Y02
Degree of protection M21 M23 M43 M54 M58 M59
Degree of protection IP21 M21
Degree of protection IP23 M23
Degree of protection IP43 M43
Degree of protection IP54 M54
Degree or protection IP54 with filter elements M58
Cabinet door closed, entry from the bottom
through an opening in the floor
M59
Auxiliary voltage Y03 Y04
3 AC auxiliary voltage not available Y03
3 AC auxiliary voltage not the same as the
standard voltage
Y04
Options can be combined without any restrictions
Options cannot be combined
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Ordering examples
4/5
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview
Application:
An unwinder for paper in a reeler-slitter is to be modernized but
the existing motor is to be kept. The power section is to be sup-
plied from the existing 690 V supply. The technological control is
to be implemented in the higher-level PCS7 system. The client
specified PROFIBUS as the control and setpoint interface. The
following measured values and status displays are to be visual-
ized in the drive cabinet door to facilitate fast and simple diag-
nostics for the service and maintenance personnel: Armature
current, armature voltage, speed, field current, status messages
operation and fault.
The customer explained that he repeatedly had problems with
the existing converter relating to overvoltage in the motor arma-
ture circuit and as a consequence, this resulted in tension fluc-
tuations in the paper web when the motor goes into the field-
weakening range. As a result of instability in the control voltage
supply, in the past, there were repeatedly failures that had a
negative impact on the availability.
Solution:
As a result of the data of the existing motor and the customer
specifications relating to acceleration and braking ramps, tam-
bour roll weight and max. diameter, a four-quadrant converter
was selected with a rated supply voltage of 690 V and a rated
current of 1 500 A. The dynamic overload capability of the units
is utilized to brake the drive when the paper web breaks.
The technological control with current setpoint interface is real-
ized in the higher-level control. This is the reason that for this par-
ticular application, the standard CUD is sufficient, which already
has an integrated PROFIBUS interface.
The problem with armature overvoltages when entering the field
weakening range has now been resolved by selecting the two-
quadrant field power section option. By actively reducing the
current using a counter-voltage, the field current actual value
can now follow the field current setpoint even for steep accel-
eration ramps and therefore overvoltages are avoided in the
armature circuit. The tension fluctuations in the paper web are
consequentially eliminated.
Selecting the electronics power supply option for connection to
24 V DC and SITOP UPS allows a favorably-priced, low-mainte-
nance DC UPS system to be created.
The requirements regarding actual value and status displays
can be optionally realized using pointer-type instruments, or us-
ing the Advanced Operator Panel AOP30 included as standard.
Coated PCBs and nickel-plated copper busbars were selected
as a result of the aggressive atmosphere with a high percentage
of H
2
S. Roof sections are available for the cabinets in order to
achieve IP21. The motor is equipped with a motor fan, which has
a rated current of 4.5 A.
The availability of equipment is extremely important in the paper
industry. This is the reason that the option "memory card left"
should be selected in addition to allow short downtimes.
Firmware and additional languages of the AOP text are saved on
this card. Further, parameter values can be additionally saved
and there is a reserved memory area for offline long-time trace
records, which can be centrally read-out from a control room via
routing. Further, the memory card allows DCC to be used, with
which a winder application can be implemented.
To commission the application, in the switchgear room, the PC is
directly connected to the drive via PROFIBUS. This is a straight-
forward operation using the "Commissioning interface cabinet
door access" option with the cabinet door closed.
The following options must be selected for this particular
application:
L05 (electronics power supply for connection to 24 V DC)
L09 (24 V DC supply with SITOP UPS)
L11 (field power section 2Q)
L91 (commissioning interface (PROFIBUS) cabinet door access)
M08 (coated PCBs)
M10 (nickel-plated copper busbars)
M21 (degree of protection IP21)
S01 (memory card left)
W35 (setting range of the motor protection circuit breaker for
the motor fan (4.5 up to 6.3 A))
The ordering data are as follows:
6RM8093-4KV62-0AA0-Z
L05+L09+L11+L91+M08+M10+M21+S01+W35
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/6
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview
DC Converter
G00
Advanced CUD left

Advanced CUD in left-hand slot.
In addition to the connections and functions of the standard
CUD, the Advanced CUD has two DRIVE-CLiQ connections and
one option slot. The use of an Advanced CUD also provides the
opportunity of inserting an additional CUD (Standard or Ad-
vanced) to increase the computational performance and the
number of terminals. For example, this can be used to imple-
ment additional technological functions.
By using an Advanced CUD, which is located in the left-hand
slot instead of the standard CUD, the SINAMICS SMC30, TM15,
TM31 and CBE20 components can be connected to the
SINAMICS DC MASTER.
G10
Standard CUD right

Standard CUD in the right-hand slot (precondition for option
G00).
Selecting option G10 provides the possibility of further increas-
ing the performance of technological functions for the
SINAMICS DC MASTER. As a result of the additional standard
CUD that is inserted in the right-hand slot of the electronics tray,
users have additional computational performance at their finger-
tips in order to fulfill even the highest demands when it comes to
closed-loop control performance.
G11
Advanced CUD right
Advanced CUD in the right-hand slot (precondition for option
G00).
With option G11, users can address the highest demands re-
garding the closed-loop control performance and use the wide
range of interfaces. With this option, in addition to the Advanced
CUD located in the left-hand slot, an additional Advanced CUD
can be mounted in the right-hand slot. This therefore doubles the
number of interfaces of the SINAMICS DC MASTER.
G20
Communication Board CBE20 left

CBE20 PROFINET left-hand side (precondition for option G00).
The Communication Board CBE20 allows a connection to be
established to a PROFINET IO network via the Advanced CUD.
The SINAMICS DC MASTER then assumes the function of a
PROFINET IO device in the sense of PROFINET and offers the
following functions:
PROFINET IO Device
100 Mbit/s full duplex
Supports real-time classes of PROFINET IO:
RT (Real-Time)
Connection to control systems as PROFINET IO devices in ac-
cordance with PROFIdrive, Specification V4.1.
In addition to PROFIBUS (standard), PROFINET can also be
used for engineering with the STARTER commissioning tool.
Integrated 4-port switch with four RJ45 sockets based on the
PROFINET ASIC ERTEC400. The optimum topology (line, star,
tree) can therefore be configured without additional external
switches.
The SINAMICS Link function can be used in conjunction with
option S01 or S02 (memory card).
The CBE20 is inserted in the option slot of the Advanced CUD,
which is inserted in the left-hand slot.

The cable is available as cable sold by the meter.
Accessories for CBE20 Type
Industrial Ethernet FC
RJ45 Plug 145 (1 unit) 6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
RJ45 Plug 145 (10 units) 6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
Stripping tool 6GK1901-1GA00
Standard cable GP 2x2 6XV1840-2AH10
Flexible cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2B
Trailing cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2D
Trailing cable 2x2 6XV1840-3AH10
Marine cable 2x2 6XV1840-4AH10
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/7
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
G21
Communication Board CBE20 right
CBE20 PROFINET right-hand side (possible with option G11).
With option G21, an Advanced CUD can be inserted in the right-
hand slot, which is used to expand CBE20. More detailed infor-
mation on the functionality, selection and ordering data of the
CBE20 is provided under option G20.
L10
Without field power section
The SINAMICS DC MASTER is supplied without field power sec-
tion. It also includes the complete field circuit (not possible for
15 and 30 A units).
L11
Field power section 2Q
For applications that demand high speed field current changes,
by specifying option L11, the SINAMICS DC MASTER can be
equipped with a two-quadrant field with active current reduction.
Further, this field power section has an integrated field overvolt-
age protection function. This option cannot be ordered for units
with rated DC currents from 15 to 30 A.
L21
Unit fan for single-phase connection
Converter units from 400 A up to and including 1 200 A rated
DC current can, using this option, be equipped with a fan for
connection to a single-phase supply. This is supplied from the in-
ternally generated 230 V AC control voltage, and from a circuit
perspective, is treated in exactly the same way as a standard
fan. Cabinet fans, which are installed in the converter cabinet
in order to implement higher degrees of protection, are not af-
fected by the option. The fans are protected using an integrated
overtemperature protection function.
L85
85 A field power section
All components in the field circuit and the field power section in
the SINAMICS DC MASTER are dimensioned for a rated current
of 85 A (possible for units with a rated DC current, armature
1 500 A; also in conjunction with option L11 (field power sec-
tion 2Q)). With option L85, the maximum connection cross-sec-
tion of the auxiliary supply is increased up to 50 mm
2
and for the
field, up to 35 mm
2
. The max. permissible protection on the cus-
tomer side is 125 A.
M08
Coated PCBs
(only involves modules of the SINAMICS DC MASTER DC
Converter)
In order to improve the reliability for increased degrees of
pollution and climatic stress, it is possible to order modules of
the SINAMICS DC MASTER that are coated on both sides by
specifying option M08.
The AOP30 as well as the Sensor Modules and Terminal Mod-
ules have PCBs modules as standard.
M10
Nickel-plated copper busbars
Nickel-plated copper busbars are used, which means that an
increased degree of availability can be achieved in aggressive
atmospheres. Cabinets with rated current of 1 500, 1 600, 1 900,
2 000 and 2 200 A have aluminum busbars as standard. Nickel-
plated copper busbars can also be supplied by specifying
option M10.
S01
Memory card left
With option S01, users receive a memory card for one Standard
CUD or one Advanced CUD, which is inserted in the left-hand
slot.
This memory card offers the following options:
Additional languages can be downloaded to the Advanced
Operator Panel AOP30. When using two CUDs, option S01
and option S02 must be ordered.
Performing an offline long-time trace.
Download the DCC block library into the drive.
Update the firmware.
The SINAMICS Link function requires that the memory card is
always inserted.
S02
Memory card right
With option S02, users receive a memory card for one Standard
CUD or one Advanced CUD, which is inserted in the right-hand
slot. This option is only possible, if one of the options G10 or G11
is ordered for installing a CUD in the right-hand slot.
Other voltages, frequencies
L04
Armature supply with extra-low voltage 10 to 50 V
With option L04, the SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet is re-
equipped for operation with 10 to 50 V AC. This is frequently
required especially for electrochemical applications, when
controlling solenoids, when using the converter to supply the
fields of special motors or Ward-Leonard converters (MG sets).
Note:
This option can only be selected for units with rated supply volt-
ages of up to 575 V. The commutating reactor is omitted (option
L22), and on the plant or system side, a converter transformer is
required for the armature circuit. In this case, it is not possible to
order option L00 (radio interference suppression filter).
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/8
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
L05
Electronics power supply, SINAMICS DC MASTER for connec-
tion to 24 V DC
The power interface in the SINAMICS DC MASTER is supplied
with the electronics power supply for connection to 24 V DC. In
addition to this option, one of the options L06, L07 or L09 must
be selected to define the type of 24 V DC supply.
L06
24 V DC power supply with SITOP

A SITOP power supply unit is installed in the cabinet to generate
24 V DC. The SITOP power supply unit is supplied from the
230 V 1 AC control voltage internally generated in the cabinet.
The power supply unit is used to supply the internal 24 V DC
loads (for example, options L05, G60, G62, K50, V70 to V74, Y52
to Y56).
L07
24 V DC power supply from an external supply
The 24 V DC must be provided on the plant or system side.
Terminals are provided to connect this supply.
This voltage is used to supply the internal 24 V DC loads (for
example, options L05, G60, G62, K50, V70 to V74, Y52 to Y56).
L09
24 V DC power supply with SITOP UPS
A SITOP power supply unit to generate 24 V DC and the SITOP
UPS500S basic module for the uninterruptible power supply of
max.15 A load current for 3 s are installed in the cabinet. The
power supply unit is supplied from the 230 V 1 AC control volt-
age internally generated in the cabinet, and is used to supply the
internal 24 V DC loads (for example, options L05, G60, G62,
K50, V70 to V74, Y52 to Y56).
V60
Rated line frequency 60 Hz
This option must be specified if the line frequency of the arma-
ture and auxiliary circuits is 60 Hz instead of the standard 50 Hz.
The commutating reactors for the armature circuit and the field
circuit as well as the motor protection circuit breaker of the unit
fan (for units with 400 A rated DC current) are then appropriately
adapted.
Y02
Matching transformer for the field supply

This option can be selected if the 3-phase AC auxiliary supply
deviates from 400 V 50 Hz or 460 V 60 Hz, or if the field voltage
is to be adapted to the actual motor field voltage. The required
secondary voltage of the adaptation transformer and the rated
field current must be specified in plain text. The adaptation
transformer is, up to a primary voltage of 500 V 3 AC, imple-
mented as autotransformer. For certain option combinations, this
option can result in increased cabinet dimensions.
Y03
3 AC auxiliary voltage not available
This option should be selected if a 3-phase AC auxiliary power
supply is not available. In this case, the auxiliary power supply
is taken from inside the cabinet in front of the main armature
switch of the armature circuit.
Note:
Option L22 (no armature commutating reactor) cannot be se-
lected at the same time as this option! The rated input voltage
must be specified.
Y04
3 AC auxiliary voltage not the same as the standard voltage
As standard, the cabinet should be supplied with a 400 V 3 AC,
50 Hz auxiliary voltage, with clockwise rotating field, TN or TT
supply system, grounded transformer neutral point. When se-
lecting option V60 (rated line frequency of 60 Hz) this auxiliary
voltage must be 460 V 3 AC.
Option Y04 should be selected if the 3-phase AC auxiliary volt-
age deviates from these values, or if an IT line supply or
grounded main conductor is being used. The required voltage
must be specified in plain text. The auxiliary voltage must not
exceed 690 V. The auxiliary power supply must be protected
against short-circuit and overload on the plant side. Data for the
fuses for the auxiliary power supply (supplies) should be taken
from the type and order-specific circuit diagram.
Note:
Depending on the particular version, it may be necessary to
additionally select options Y01 and/or Y02.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/9
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
OFF functions
B30
Interlocking option for infeed circuit breaker
An external interlocking option (terminals to integrate an external
NC contact) is provided so that the infeed circuit breaker or main
contactor can be externally opened. For instance, this can be a
leading auxiliary contact of a circuit breaker on the line side, so
that an overvoltage occurring when switching off the transformer
on the primary side cannot be propagated to the SINAMICS DC
MASTER. An EMERGENCY STOP must be simultaneously is-
sued; terminals are provided as standard for this function. An in-
ternally generated 230 V AC control voltage is available at the
terminals; an isolated contact should be externally connected.
L57
EMERGENCY OFF Category 0 for uncontrolled stopping in
accordance with EN 60204-1
The function includes interrupting the power feed for the con-
verter (armature circuit and field circuit) via the line contactor or
circuit breaker and bypassing the microprocessor controller
using a safety combination according to EN 60204-1. The motor
then coasts down. It must be carefully ensured that an abrupt
switch off does not represent any risk or potential danger.
L59
EMERGENCY STOP Category 1 for controlled stopping in
accordance with EN 60204-1
The function includes shutting down the drive via a fast stop
along a deceleration ramp to be parameterized by the user. The
power feed to the DC converter is then interrupted as described
for EMERGENCY OFF Category 0.
A four-quadrant converter is required to achieve the required
stopping times.
Display instruments
B60 to B66

B60
Display instrument, "speed"
Analog display instrument, door mounting, black front frame,
96 96 mm, scale 0 to 125 % for two-quadrant units and
125 % with center zero point for four-quadrant units. The
display value is output via the SINAMICS DC MASTER analog
output. A maximum of six display instruments can be ordered for
various display values.
From a total of three display instruments (B60, B61, B62, B64),
option G60 must also be ordered.
B61
Display instrument, "armature voltage"
Analog display instrument, door mounting, black front frame,
96 96 mm, scale max. DC voltage that can be reached, with
center zero point. The display value is output via the SINAMICS
DC MASTER analog output. A maximum of six display instru-
ments can be ordered for various display values. From a total of
three display instruments (B60, B61, B62, B64), option G60 must
also be ordered.
B62
Display instrument, "armature current"
Analog display instrument, door mounting, black front frame,
96 96 mm, scale 0 to 200 % for two-quadrant units and
200 % with center zero point for four-quadrant units. The
display value is output via the SINAMICS DC MASTER analog
output. A maximum of six display instruments can be ordered for
various display values. From a total of three display instruments
(B60, B61, B62, B64), option G60 must also be ordered.
B63
Display instrument, "line voltage excitation"
Analog display instrument, door mounting, black front frame,
96 96 mm, scale 0 up to the supply field voltage, as standard,
400 V at 50 Hz and 460 V at 60 Hz. The display value is taken at
the field circuit input, in front of the SINAMICS DC MASTER.
B64
Display instrument, "excitation current"
Analog display instrument, door mounting, black front frame,
96 96 mm, scale 0 to the rated field current. The display value
is output via the SINAMICS DC MASTER analog output. A
maximum of six display instruments can be ordered for various
display values. From a total of three display instruments (B60,
B61, B62, B64), option G60 must also be ordered.
B65
Display instrument, "line voltage armature circuit"
Analog display instrument, door mounting, black front frame,
96 96 mm, scale 0 to the armature supply voltage. The dis-
played value is taken from the armature voltage supply in the
cabinet before the main switch using a voltmeter changeover
switch (L1-L2/L2-L3/L1-L3).
B66
Display instrument, "Line current armature circuit"
Analog display instrument, door mounting, black front frame,
96 96 mm, scale 0 to the rated armature input current. The
display value is sensed by a CT, which is located on the line side
in the converter cabinet, and routed to a display instrument.
P11
Display instrument for line quantities with PROFIBUS interface,
installed in the cabinet door
A display instrument with digital display, installed in the cabinet
door, acquires power supply measured values. In addition, other
system values are calculated from the measured values (e.g.
power, power factor, etc.). The display instrument has a
PROFIBUS interface that enables a communication rate of up to
16 Mbaud.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/10
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
Supplementary circuits
C51
24 V coil voltage of the coupling relay at the binary inputs
The four coupling relays at the binary inputs of the SINAMICS
DC MASTER, which are as standard equipped with a 230 V AC
coil, are supplied with 24 V DC coil.
K85
Field reversal
Changes over the field circuit for the DC motor for braking and
direction of rotation reversal for two-quadrant units with rated DC
currents of 400 A. The following additional data is required in
plain text:
1. Rated motor field current
2. Rated motor field voltage
3. Energy content or inductance of the field winding
4. Max. switching frequency per hour
Note:
Longer delivery time! Field overvoltage protection is configured
for the particular application. Price on request.
L00
Radio interference suppression filter

Radio interference suppression filters are used on the line side,
both for the armature as well as the auxiliary circuits. With radio
interference suppression filter, the cabinets comply with stan-
dard EN 61800-3 Category C2. For a rated DC current of 400 A
and higher, a supplementary cabinet is required.
Note:
This option is intended for operation on grounded line supplies.
Filters for non-grounded line supplies are available on request.
Options L00 and L22 (elimination of the three-phase commutat-
ing reactor) cannot be combined.
L22
Elimination of the three-phase commutating reactor
A three-phase commutating reactor is not mounted in the drive
cabinet, it is also not supplied. This option cannot be combined
with option Y03 (no auxiliary power supply available).
On the plant or system side it must be ensured that there is suf-
ficiently high inductance to allow commutation. This is generally
guaranteed if the converter has its own converter transformer
with an adequate short-circuit voltage.
Note:
Options L22 and L00 (radio interference suppression filter)
cannot be combined.
L50
Cabinet lighting and service outlet

The panel has its own universal lamp; the control cabinet also
has a service outlet. When the cabinet door is opened, a motion
sensor automatically switches on the light. The power supply
(230 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz) must be available externally from a
grounded line supply and fused/protected in the low-voltage
distribution on the plant side with maximum 16 A. A combined
miniature circuit breaker/residual current-operated circuit
breaker 13 A/30 mA is installed in the cabinet.
L55
Cabinet anti-condensation heating
For high air humidity (e.g. in tropical countries) and/or low ambi-
ent temperatures, it is recommended that the drive cabinets are
equipped with anti-condensation heating to guarantee reliable
operation. A 150 W heating element is installed in each cabinet
panel; these heating elements are thermostatically controlled.
An external power supply is required (230 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz) and
must be protected with max. 16 A.
V70
Input isolating amplifier, input: 0 to 20 mA
To connect an external analog setpoint, a DC isolating amplifier
with galvanic isolation and three-way separation is used.
When ordering, additional plain text is required in the circuit
manual specifying the input quantity to be transferred.
Notes:
A universal isolating amplifier is used. When required, the
preset (default) input/output configuration can be changed.
A readjustment is required in this case. The operating instruc-
tions for the isolating amplifier are included in the scope of
delivery
If more than one option V70 to V74 is required, then when
ordering, this should be specified using a multiple selection.
In this case, the analog inputs that are to be used can be seen
from the order-specific circuit diagram.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/11
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
V71
Input isolating amplifier, input: 4 to 20 mA
Version, see order code V70
V72
Input isolating amplifier, input: 0 to +10 V
Version, see order code V70
V73
Input isolating amplifier, input: 20 to +20 mA
Version, see order code V70
V74
Input isolating amplifier, input: 10 to +10 V
Version, see order code V70
Y51
Motor holding brake
Connection data: 230 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz. The brake is controlled
via the SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet. When ordering, the
rating plate and power data of the motor holding brake should
be additionally specified in plain text!
Y52
Output isolating amplifier, output: 0 to 20 mA
A DC isolating amplifier with galvanic isolation and three-way
separation is used to transfer analog output signals with electri-
cal isolation. When ordering, additional plain text is required in
the circuit manual specifying the output quantity to be trans-
ferred.
Note:
A universal isolating amplifier is used. When required, the pre-
set (default) input/output configuration can be changed. A re-
adjustment is required in this case. The operating instructions
for the isolating amplifier are included in the scope of delivery.
If more than one option Y52 to Y56 is required, then when
ordering, this should be specified using a multiple selection.
Precisely two analog outputs are available for each CUD. This
must be observed if more than two isolating amplifiers are
connected, or additional display instrument options B60 to
B62 or B64 are selected, as the latter are also supplied via
analog outputs. If required, a second Control Unit (option G10
or G11) and/or one or several TM31 customer terminal strips
must then be additionally installed. In this case, the analog
outputs that are to be used can be seen from the order-spe-
cific circuit diagram.
Y53 to Y56
Version, see order code Y52
Y53
Output isolating amplifier, output: 4 to 20 mA
Y54
Output isolating amplifier, output: 0 to 10 V
Y55
Output isolating amplifier, output: 20 to +20 mA
Y56
Output isolating amplifier, output: 10 to +10 V
Y60
Coupling relay for binary output
A binary output of the DC converter is provided for customers via
an output coupling relay and its isolated changeover contact.
The relay is in the form of a terminal relay, so that customers can
directly connect their cables at these -XK terminals. The relay
function can be freely selected. When ordering, the use must
also be specified in plain text so that it can be included in the
circuit manual (e.g.: "Drive running"). If several output isolating
amplifiers are required, then the option should be specified sev-
eral times.
Motor-relevant options
A30
Anti-condensation heating for motor, up to max. 2 000 W, 230 V
An external supply is used (230 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz), must be
protected with max. 16 A on the plant side. As soon as the
"Operation" state no longer exists, the motor anti-condensation
heating is switched on. The feeder is protected against short-
circuits in the drive converter using a 10 A miniature circuit
breaker, characteristic C.
For heating elements with a max. 2 000 W heating power.
W15
No output provided for a motor fan
No output is provided for a motor fan.
W20 to W41
Setting range of the motor protection circuit breaker for the motor
fan

Note:
These options are intended for operation on grounded line sup-
plies.
Order code Setting range
A
W20 0.11 0.16
W21 0.14 0.2
W22 0.18 0.25
W23 0.22 0.32
W24 0.28 0.4
W25 0.35 0.5
W26 0.45 0.63
W27 0.55 0.8
W28 0.7 1.0
W29 0.9 1.25
W30 1.1 1.6
W31 1.4 2.0
W32 1.8 2.5
W33 2.2 3.2
W34 2.8 4.0
W35 3.5 5.0
W36 4.5 6.3
W37 5.5 8.0
W38 7.0 10.0
W39 9.0 12.5
W40 11 16
W41 14 20
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/12
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
W70 to W91
Feeder for a second motor fan

Note:
These options are intended for operation on grounded line sup-
plies.
Y01
Matching transformer for the motor fan
This option should be selected if the supply voltage for the motor
fan differs from the 3-phase auxiliary voltage. The rated voltage
and the rated current of the motor fan should be specified in
plain text. The adaptation transformer is, up to a primary voltage
of 500 V 3 AC, implemented as autotransformer. Under unfavor-
able secondary conditions, this option can result in increased
cabinet dimensions.
A06
Brush length monitoring, limit value monitoring, isolated
The evaluation is realized using an isolated signaling contact in
the motor (order code A06 according to Catalog DA 12, Part 1,
Protection and monitoring devices). The signaling contact is
connected to terminal strip -X2, where it is supplied with 24 V.
A97
Air flow monitoring in the motor
Evaluation is realized using an airflow monitor "vent captor"
(type: 3201.03) in the motor (order code A97 according to Cata-
log DA 12 Part 1, Protection and monitoring devices and Supple-
ment DA 12, May 2001, Part 4).
In the case of a fault, a "Fault" message is output and the con-
verter is switched off. The "Fault" can be reparameterized for
"Alarm". "Alarm" and "Fault" messages can be additionally evalu-
ated via the fieldbus interface.
No additional evaluation units are required. However, the data
must be appropriately documented in the circuit manual.
L86
Evaluation unit for the following temperature sensors: KTY84-
130, PT100 2-wire and 3-wire, PT1000 2-wire and 3-wire, NTC
The PT100 evaluation unit can monitor up to three sensors. The
sensors can be connected in a two- or three-wire system. With
the two-wire system, inputs xT1 and xT3 must be assigned. With
the three-wire system, input xT2 must also be connected (x = 1,
2, 3). The limit values can be freely programmed for each chan-
nel. Shielded signal cables are recommended. If this is not pos-
sible, the sensor cables should have at least have twisted-pair
wires.
Unused channels can be suppressed via parameters.
The output relays are integrated in the internal fault and alarm
circuit of the drive cabinet. Customers can access the signals
via two freely assignable signaling relays.
The power supply for the PT100 evaluation unit and the evalua-
tion are realized in the converter.
Order code Setting range
A
W70 0.11 0.16
W71 0.14 0.2
W72 0.18 0.25
W73 0.22 0.32
W74 0.28 0.4
W75 0.35 0.5
W76 0.45 0.63
W77 0.55 0.8
W78 0.7 1.0
W79 0.9 1.25
W80 1.1 1.6
W81 1.4 2.0
W82 1.8 2.5
W83 2.2 3.2
W84 2.8 4.0
W85 3.5 5.0
W86 4.5 6.3
W87 5.5 8.0
W88 7.0 10.0
W89 9.0 12.5
W90 11 16
W91 14 20
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/13
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
B83
Overvoltage protection

A SICROWBAR AC overvoltage protection device is installed to
protect the power semiconductors and is connected to the ar-
mature voltage supply. Overvoltages that occur on the AC side
of converters are mainly caused by switching operations when
disconnecting from the line supply at the transformer primary.
This applies both to operational switching operations (shutdown
at no-load) as well as in the case of a fault (shutdown under
load).
Mode of operation:
If an overvoltage occurs, which reaches the response voltage of
the integrated firing module, then the break-over diodes trigger
and in turn trigger their associated thyristors. As a consequence,
the varistors are switched to the line supply. The varistors absorb
the overvoltage energy. An RC protective circuit protects the
thyristors against an excessively steep voltage rate of rise when
the current is interrupted. Details on the overvoltage protection
device are described in Catalog D 23.1.
Note:
A supplementary cabinet is required with this option, 400 mm or
600 mm wide. The delivery time and installation altitude above
2 000 m for this option are available on request.
Monitoring functions
L52
ARC detector (arcing detector)
A sensor is installed to monitor the cabinet system for any arcing.
Here, light sensors inside the cabinet senses any arcing and if
arcing is detected, the system is shut down with an Emergency
Stop; the main contactor or supply circuit breaker are opened.
Note:
A 24 V DC power supply is required (option L06, L07 or L09).
L82
Fault current monitoring in the grounded line supplies
(TN or TT supply systems)

An electronic differential relay monitors the fault current in the
armature circuit with respect to ground (PE). If a ground fault
occurs, then the "Ground fault" signal is issued. The drive is si-
multaneously switched off. This option only includes monitoring
the armature circuit, the fault current monitoring for the auxiliary
circuit must be realized on the plant side.
Note:
For protection using a differential current monitor for shutdown,
the protective conductor or PEN conductor of the cables for the
cabinet supply and motor armature circuit are dimensioned
according to DIN VDE 0100, Part 540. Main conductor cross-
section according to DIN VDE 0160. As a consequence, gener-
ally the cable cross-section can be reduced.
L84
PTC evaluation device for alarm and fault for two sensors
This option includes a thermistor motor protection device (with
PTB approval) for PTC temperature sensors (PTC thermistors,
type A) for alarm and trip. The power supply for the thermistor
motor protection device is realized in the cabinet.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/14
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
L87
Insulation monitoring in non-grounded line supplies (IT system)
with insulating monitoring devices from the Bender company

An insulation monitor is used to monitor the armature circuit
(three-phase and DC connections). If a ground fault occurs, this
is signaled using a signal lamp (yellow) and the "Earth leakage"
signal at a terminal. An additional coupling device is used for
rated supply voltages above 690 V 3 AC.
Notes:
For protection using insulation monitoring in non-grounded
line supplies, potential bonding is required for the cabinet and
motor as well as the conductive parts that can be simultane-
ously touched. Protective conductor cross-section according
to DIN VDE 0100, Part 540. Main conductor cross-section
according to DIN VDE 0160. When the main switch/circuit
breaker is closed, external ground faults, which occur in the
line supply outside the converter system, are also detected
and signaled by the ground fault monitoring in the drive
cabinet. Insulation monitor settings should be made during
commissioning.
The auxiliary power supply in the basic version is not influ-
enced by this option. The auxiliary power supply must be
provided from a grounded line supply. Other versions are
possible on request.
As soon as the first fault is detected by the insulation monitor,
the converter system must be brought to a safe state if a
second ground fault cannot be ruled out. The system is not
permitted to be switched on again until the ground fault has
been eliminated.
Background: If a second fault occurs, protective separation
cannot be ensured in all cases.
L88
Insulation monitoring in non-grounded line supplies (IT system)
with insulating monitoring devices from the AREVA company

An insulation monitor is used to monitor the armature circuit
(three-phase and DC connections). If a ground fault occurs, this
is signaled using a signal lamp (yellow) and the "Earth leakage"
signal at a terminal. An additional coupling device is used for
rated supply voltages above 690 V 3 AC.
Notes:
For protection using insulation monitoring in non-grounded
line supplies, potential bonding is required for the cabinet and
motor as well as the conductive parts that can be simultane-
ously touched. Protective conductor cross-section according
to DIN VDE 0100, Part 540. Main conductor cross-section
according to DIN VDE 0160. When the main switch/circuit
breaker is closed, external ground faults, which occur in the
line supply outside the converter system, are also detected
and signaled by the ground fault monitoring in the drive
cabinet. Insulation monitor settings should be made during
commissioning.
The auxiliary power supply in the basic version is not influ-
enced by this option. The auxiliary power supply must be
provided from a grounded line supply. Other versions are
possible on request.
As soon as the first fault is detected by the insulation monitor,
the converter system must be brought to a safe state if a
second ground fault cannot be ruled out. The system is not
permitted to be switched on again until the ground fault has
been eliminated.
Background: If a second fault occurs, protective separation
cannot be ensured in all cases.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/15
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
L90
CCP (Converter Commutation Protector)

The Converter Commutation Protector SIMOREG CCP is used
to protect line-commutated SINAMICS DC MASTER converters
in inverter operation against inverter commutation faults.
SIMOREG CCP limits the current that flows when inverter com-
mutation faults occur to a non-hazardous value so that the thy-
ristors and the associated super-fast fuses are protected.
For line-commutated inverters, an appropriate line-side counter
voltage is required in order to commutate the current between
the individual power semiconductors. Commutation can be
prevented from being completed (commutation fault) as a result
of uncontrolled switching operations, line supply dips (weak line
supplies, thunderstorms, etc.). As a result, in the regenerative
feedback direction, a high current flows through the line supply
or a cross-current in the converter. This can result in fuses blow-
ing or under certain circumstances can destroy the semicon-
ductors.
The firmware of the SINAMICS DC MASTER identifies if inverter
commutation faults are pending and then issues the command
to turn off the power semiconductors in the converter to the
SIMOREG CCP. SIMOREG CCP then turns off the power semi-
conductors, ensures that the conditions to reduce the current in
the motor are present and absorbs the magnetic energy stored
in the motor as electric energy.
Benefits:
This eliminates the complex and time consuming replacement of
fuses after inverter commutation faults.
Although inverter commutation faults cannot be prevented, their
effects can be.
Gearboxes and the driven machine are protected by shutting
off the current in time before it reaches its possible maximum
value in the case of a fault therefore protecting them against
inadmissibly high torque surges.
For high rated system currents, high-speed DC circuit-break-
ers were used up until now to protect the fuses against rup-
ture. By using the CCP, protection is now cost-
effectively possible even for lower line currents, whereby
SIMOREG CCP has the following advantages when compared
to high-speed DC circuit-breakers even at high current levels:
- Protection also for circulating currents
- Lower system costs
- Lower space requirements
- No additional air reactor to reduce the current rate-of-rise
when a fault occurs
- Lower operating costs, as it requires no maintenance
- High degree of availability
Additional information for commissioning and the function of the
SIMOREG CCP can be taken from the operating manual and
Catalog D 23.1.
Note:
The option must be accommodated in an additional cabinet
section; depending on the SIMOREG CCP required, the con-
verter cabinet becomes significantly wider.
For installation altitudes above 1 000 m, with this option, on
request, the transport and storage temperature should not fall
below -25 C.
In order to be able to assign the matching SIMOREG CCP for the
option, when ordering, the following data must be provided:
Line supply voltage and power section
Required undervoltage range of the power section
Rated motor armature voltage
Rated motor current
Details on the required overcurrent where necessary
(magnitude, cycle duration)
Inductance of the load (motor, cable plus, if required, a
smoothing reactor)
L99
Monitoring the temperature inside the drive cabinet
The temperature is monitored in two stages. The response tem-
perature for the alarm is 5 C below the fault message threshold.
This is oriented to the overload capability of the converter and
results in the drive being shut down. The fault message can be
deselected by making the appropriate parameter settings.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/16
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
Supplementary modules
G60
Customer terminal strip extension TM31

The following are located on the TM31 Terminal Module:
8 digital inputs
4 bidirectional digital inputs/outputs
2 relay outputs with changeover contact
2 analog inputs
2 analog outputs
1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130 or PTC)
A detailed description is provided in the operating instructions
for SINAMICS DC MASTER DC Converter and in Catalog D 23.1.

Note:
For this option, an Advanced CUD with DRIVE-CLiQ port (G00,
G11) and a 24 V DC power supply (L06, L07 or L09) are
required.
Terminal Module TM31
Digital inputs
Voltage 3 +30 V
Low level (an open digital input is
interpreted as "low")
3 +5 V
High level 15 30 V
Current consumption at 24 V DC,
typ.
10 mA
Conductor cross-section, max. 1.5 mm
2
Digital outputs (continuously short-circuit-proof)
Voltage 24 V DC
Summed current of digital
outputs, max.
1 000 mA
Conductor cross-section, max. 1.5 mm
2
Analog inputs
As voltage input
- Voltage range 10 +10 V
- Internal resistance R
i
100 k
As current input
- Current range 4 20 mA, 20 +20 mA,
0 20 mA
- Internal resistance R
i
250
- Resolution
2)
11 bit + sign
Conductor cross-section, max. 1.5 mm
2
Analog outputs (continuously short-circuit-proof)
Voltage range 10 +10 V
Load current, max. 3 +3 mA
Current range 4 20 mA, 20 +20 mA,
0 20 mA
Load resistance, max. 500 for outputs in the range
20 +20 mA
Resolution 11 bit + sign
Conductor cross-section, max. 1.5 mm
2
Relay outputs (changeover contacts)
Load current, max. 8 A
Switching voltage, max. 250 V AC, 30 V DC
Switching capacity, max.
- at AC 250 V 2 000 VA (cos = 1)
750 VA (cos = 0.4)
- at DC 30 V 240 W (resistive load)
Required minimum current 100 mA
Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm
2
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/17
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
G62
Customer terminal strip extension TM15

The following are located on the TM15 Terminal Module: 24 bidi-
rectional digital inputs/outputs (isolation in 3 groups, each with
8 channels). A detailed description is provided in the operating
instructions for SINAMICS DC MASTER DC Converter and in
Catalog D 23.1.

Note:
For this option, an Advanced CUD with DRIVE-CLiQ port (G00,
G11) and a 24 V DC power supply (L06, L07 or L09) are re-
quired.
K50
Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted SMC30

The CUD of the SINAMICS DC MASTER can already evaluate
the signals of an incremental encoder. For applications where
more than one encoder must be evaluated, either a second CUD
and/or Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted SMC30 can be used.
The SMC30 can be used to evaluate SSI encoders with incre-
mental signals, which for instance, are used for positioning func-
tions. Encoders, which have a DRIVE-CLiQ interface, cannot be
evaluated at the SINAMICS DC MASTER or at the SMC30. These
encoders are generally not used in DC drive technology.
The following encoder signals can be evaluated:
Incremental encoders TTL/HTL with and without wire break
detection (wire break detection is only available with bipolar
signals)
SSI encoder with TTL/HTL incremental signals
SSI encoder without incremental signals
The motor temperature input, available on the SMC30, is not
evaluated for SINAMICS DC MASTER. A motor temperature sen-
sor can be evaluated using the temperature measurement input
provided on each CUD.

Note:
For this option, an Advanced CUD with DRIVE-CLiQ port (G00,
G11) and a 24 V DC power supply (L06, L07 or L09) are re-
quired.
Terminal Module TM15
I/O
Digital inputs/outputs Channelwise parameterizable as
DI or DO
Number of digital inputs/outputs 24
Electrical isolation Yes, in groups of 8
Connection system Plug-in screw terminals
Conductor cross-section, max. 1.5 mm
2
Digital inputs
Voltage 30 +30 V
Low level (an open digital input is
interpreted as "low")
30 +5 V
High level 15 30 V
Current consumption at 24 V DC 5 11 mA
Digital outputs (continuously short-circuit-proof)
Voltage 24 V DC
Load current per digital output,
max.
0.5 A
Summed current of outputs
(per group), max.
- Up to 60 C 2 A
- Up to 50 C 3 A
- Up to 40 C 4 A
Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted SMC30
Encoders which can be
evaluated
Incremental encoder TTL/HTL
SSI encoder with TTL/HTL
incremental signals
SSI encoder without incremental
signals
Encoder supply 24 V DC/0.35 A or
5 V DC/0.35 A
Encoder frequency, max. 300 kHz
SSI baud rate 100 250 kBaud
Frequency limit 300 kHz
Resolution absolute position SSI 30 bit
Cable length, max.
- TTL encoder
100 m (only bipolar signals
permitted)
1)
- HTL encoder
100 m for unipolar signals
300 m for bipolar signals
1)
- SSI encoder 100 m
1)
Twisted pair and shielded signal cables.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/18
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
Mechanical options
M06 and M07

M06
Base 100 mm high, RAL 7022
All of the cabinets are mounted on a 100 mm high base. The
front base cover can be removed to introduce the connecting
cables. Paint finish in RAL 7022.
M07
Cable-marshaling space 200 mm high, RAL 7035
All of the cabinets are mounted on a 200 mm high base. On one
side, the base cover is split into 2 100 mm and can be used to
introduce the connecting cables. Paint finish in RAL 7022.
M21
Degree of protection IP21

Cabinet version in IP20, but with additional roof or canopy. This
increases the cabinet height by 75 up to 250 mm depending on
the size. For transport-related reasons, the roofs or canopies are
delivered separately and must be fitted on site.
Important:
The roof or canopies are painted in RAL 7035 as standard. If a
special color is requested for the cabinet, the top covers or can-
opies will also be painted this color.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/19
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
M23
Degree of protection IP23

Converter cabinets with IP23 degree of protection are supplied
with additional roof covers with integrated fans, as well as plastic
ventilation grilles and a filter medium in the air inlet. The cabinet
height is increased by between 130 and 400 mm. The filter me-
dium (1 mm mesh size) must be maintained according to the
local environmental conditions. For transport-related reasons,
the roof sections are delivered separately and must be fitted by
the customer.
Important:
The roof sections are painted in RAL 7035 as standard. If a
special color is requested for the cabinet, the roof sections are
also painted this color. The molded plastic parts (e.g. ventilation
grilles) are finished in RAL 7035, and cannot be painted.
Due to degree of protection IP23 deviating technical data from
the basic version (IP20)

M43
Degree of protection IP43

Converter cabinets with IP43 degree of protection are supplied
with additional roof covers with integrated fans, as well as plastic
ventilation grilles and a filter medium (1 mm mesh size) in the air
inlet and air outlet. The cabinet height is increased by between
130 and 400 mm. The filter medium must be maintained accord-
ing to the local environmental conditions. For transport-related
reasons, the roof sections are delivered separately and must be
fitted by the customer.
Important:
The roof sections are painted in RAL 7035 as standard. If a
special color is requested for the cabinet, the roof sections are
also painted this color. The molded plastic parts (e.g. ventilation
grilles) are finished in RAL 7035, and cannot be painted.
Due to degree of protection IP43 deviating technical data from
the basic version (IP20)

Rated DC current Cooling air
requirement
1)
Sound pressure level
400 600 A 3 000 m
3
/h 81 dB(A)
720 850 A 3 000 m
3
/h 80 dB(A)
950 1 200 A 3 000 m
3
/h 84 dB(A)
1 500 3 000 A as basic version 83 dB(A)
Rated DC current Cooling air
requirement
1)
Sound pressure level
400 600 A 3 000 m
3
/h 81 dB(A)
720 850 A 3 000 m
3
/h 80 dB(A)
950 1 200 A 3 000 m
3
/h 84 dB(A)
1 500 3 000 A as basic version 83 dB(A)
1)
It must be ensured that the required volume of air is available for the drive cabinet in a suitable quality (depending on the degree of protection). The minimum
clearance between the upper edge of the cabinet and the ceiling height can be seen from the dimension drawings and is defined in the operating instruc-
tions.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/20
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
M54
Degree or protection IP54 with filter elements

SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet in IP54 degree of protection is
supplied with additional roof section with integrated fan, plastic
ventilation grilles, and a filter medium in the air inlet and outlet,
which ensures compliance with IP54 degree of protection. The
cabinet height is therefore increased by 400 mm. The filters must
be maintained according to the local environmental conditions.
For transport-related reasons, the roof sections are delivered
separately and must be fitted by the customer.
Important:
The roof sections are painted in RAL 7035 as standard. If a
special color is requested for the cabinet, the roof sections are
also painted this color. The molded plastic parts (e.g. ventila-
tion grilles) are finished in RAL 7035, and cannot be painted.
For the version in degree of protection IP54 with the filter ele-
ment, the derating factors can differ from the data provided in
the table in Section "General technical data". The correspond-
ing values are available on request.
Due to degree of protection IP54 deviating technical data from
the basic version (IP20)

M58
Degree or protection IP54 with climate control unit
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet in degree of protection IP54 is
equipped with additional climate controlled units to ensure ade-
quate cooling when the cabinet is closed. In addition to avoiding
pollution and dirt and preventing the ingress of foreign bodies
and water, this also allows the drive units to be operated in hot
environments, as a result of the climate and/or process heat.
M59
Cabinet door closed, entry from the bottom through an opening
in the floor
If SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet are mounted on a false floor
or duct which forms part of a forced ventilation system, the mod-
ules can be ordered with closed cabinet doors. To ensure an
adequate air inlet cross-section, the units are shipped without
the standard base plates. In this case, the customer must ensure
that no dirt, conductive dust, moisture or small animals can enter
the inside of the cabinets. Cables must not be routed in such a
way that they impede the flow of air through the cabinet floor
opening. If the area beneath the drive units can be accessed,
then the customer must provide touch protection.
Note:
It must be ensured that the required volume of air is available
for the drive cabinet. Please refer to the data of the cooling air
requirement in the technical data and in the descriptions of the
degree of protection options M23 to M54.
M60
Additional shock hazard protection

In the basic version of the SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet, in
compliance with the current standards, finger and back of hand
protection is ensured when the cabinet doors are open. With op-
tion M60, the drive cabinets are equipped with additional touch
protection corresponding to BGV A3.
M66
Marine version
Corresponding to the requirements of the marine classification
societies Lloyds Register, American Bureau of Shipping, Ger-
manischer Lloyd or Det Norske Veritas, individual acceptance
tests are carried out in the factory.
M90
Crane transport aid (mounted at the top)
A top-mounted crane transport assembly can be ordered as an
option for SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet. Depending on the
width of the cabinet, it consists of either transport eyebolts (width
1 600 mm) or transport rails (width > 1 600 mm).
Rated DC current Cooling air
requirement
1)
Sound pressure level
15 125 A 1 000 m
3
/h 74 dB(A)
210 280 A 1 000 m
3
/h 74 dB(A)
400 600 A 3 000 m
3
/h 81 dB(A)
720 850 A 3 000 m
3
/h 80 dB(A)
950 1 200 A 3 000 m
3
/h 84 dB(A)
1 500 3 000 A as basic version 83 dB(A)
1)
It must be ensured that the required volume of air is available for the drive
cabinet in a suitable quality (depending on the degree of protection). The
minimum clearance between the upper edge of the cabinet and the ceiling
height can be seen from the dimension drawings and is defined in the
operating instructions.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/21
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
Other options
F03
Equipment acceptance with customer present:
visual acceptance
The acceptance scope includes:
The degree of protection is checked
The integrated components are checked to ensure that they
are complete (checked against the parts list)
The equipment codes are checked
The clearance and creepage distances are checked
The cable tags are checked
Customer documentation is checked
Acceptance report is handed over
All the above checks are performed with the equipment in a
no-voltage condition.
F97
Equipment acceptance with customer present:
customer-specific acceptance
If acceptance tests are requested, which are not covered by
option F03, customized acceptance tests/supplementary tests
can be ordered using order code F97 on request and following
technical clarification.
K07
Without Advanced Operator Panel AOP30
The Advanced Operator Panel AOP30 is not provided. The
AOP30 is not installed in the cabinet door and is not supplied the
equipment.
L91
Commissioning interface (PROFIBUS) cabinet door access

The commissioning interface (PROFIBUS) is brought through the
cabinet door of the control cabinet. This interface is intended for
commissioning purposes only and cannot be used to continually
control the drive. The cable entry in the cabinet is equipped with
a protective cover.
Q80 to Q85
Extension of the liability for defects
We can offer you the possibility of extending liability for defects
periods beyond the standard liability for defects period. The
standard liability for defects period, as listed in our standard
conditions of supply and delivery, is 12 months.
The following extension periods are available:
The currently valid conditions for an extension of the liability for
defects can be found under:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/56715113
U09
Version according to UL Listing
The converter cabinet is designed and built corresponding to UL
specifications. The option does not include any certification. In-
dividual certification can be performed in the factory after prior
agreement.
Y09
Special cabinet paint finish
As standard, the drive cabinets are delivered in RAL 7035. The
special paint finish must be specified in plain text when ordering.
All RAL colors which are available as powder coatings can be
selected. If roof sections or canopies (order code M21), top cov-
ers (codes M23/M43/M54 ) are required for the drive cabinets,
these will also be painted the same color as the cabinet. The
molded plastic parts (e.g. ventilation grilles) as well as options
such as cable marshaling space (order code M07) are finished
in RAL 7035, and cannot be painted. A special paint finish is also
not available for the optional base (option M06).
Y32
Labeling plate to identify the system, two lines, 40 180 mm

Plastic labels (white with black engraving) are available to mark
the drive cabinets. The labels are glued to the cabinet door.
Dimensions H W: 40 180 mm.
The text must be specified in plain text when ordering.
Field 1: Max. 9 characters, font size 10 mm
Field 2: Max. 9 characters, font size 10 mm
Field 3: Max. 20 characters, font size 10 mm.
Extension of the liability for defects period for converters
Order No. suffix -Z
with order code
Supplementary text
Q80 Extension of the liability for defects period by
12 months to a total of 24 months (two years)
from delivery.
Q81 Extension of the liability for defects period by
18 months to a total of 30 months (2 years)
from delivery.
Q82 Extension of the liability for defects period by
24 months to a total of 36 months (three years)
from delivery.
Q83 Extension of the liability for defects period by
30 months to a total of 42 months (3 years)
from delivery.
Q84 Extension of the liability for defects period by
36 months to a total of 48 months (four years)
from delivery.
Q85 Extension of the liability for defects period by
48 months to a total of 60 months (five years)
from delivery.
180
90
4
0
G_D023_EN_00087
Field 1 Field 2
Field 3
+D4Z01R04 -31FA011
infeed roller FS
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Options
Description of the options
4/22
Siemens D 23.2 2013
4
Overview (continued)
Customer-specific requirement (X30)
If options are requested, which are not covered by the catalog,
customer-specific requirements can be implemented following
technical clarification.
They cannot be ordered using electronic ordering tools.
They can only be ordered on request from a contact at a
Siemens regional sales office.
Documentation
D02
Customer documentation (circuit diagram, terminal diagram,
layout diagram) in the DXF format
Option D02 can be used to order documents such as circuit
diagrams, terminal diagrams, layout diagrams, and dimension
drawings in the DXF format, e.g. for further processing in
AutoCAD systems.
D04
Customer documentation, paper
Equipment documentation is supplied electronically on DVD as
standard. If the customer also requires a hard copy of the docu-
mentation and selects option D04, the following documents will
be included in a document folder with the converter cabinet:
Operating instructions
Circuit diagram
Terminal diagram
Layout diagram
Dimension drawing
Independent of selecting option D04, safety and transport
instructions, the circuit manual with circuit diagram, terminal
diagram, single-line block diagram and layout diagram as well
as the dimension drawing are always provided as hard copy in
the drive cabinet.
Note:
The documentation language is selected using options D58 to
D80 (standard, German and English).
D14
Preliminary customer documentation
If documents such as circuit diagrams, terminal diagrams, lay-
out diagrams and dimension drawings are required in advance
for the purpose of system engineering (integration of drive into
higher-level systems, interface definition, installation, building
planning, etc.), it is possible to order a draft copy of the docu-
mentation when ordering. These documents are then supplied
electronically a few working days after the order has been clari-
fied. For project-specific, special solutions, option D14 is only
available on request.
D19
Circuit diagram prepared for motor overtemperature monitoring
using a limit value transmitter
The evaluation is realized using an isolated signaling contact in
the motor (order code A31 according to Catalog DA 12 2008,
Protection and monitoring).
D20
Circuit diagram prepared for motor temperature monitoring
PT100, PT1000, KTY84-130, PTC or NTC motor temperature
monitoring devices can be directly evaluated in the SINAMICS
DC MASTER. When specifying the option, for the corresponding
temperature input, this is documented in the circuit diagram. The
customer connection is realized at the TMC terminal adapter.
D21
Circuit diagram prepared for speed actual value sensing
(pulse encoder)
The connection of the speed actual value sensing using a pulse
encoder is shown in the circuit diagram. The customer connec-
tion is realized at the TMC terminal adapter.
D22
Circuit diagram prepared for speed actual value sensing
(analog tachometer)
The connection of the speed actual value sensing using an
analog tachometer is shown in the circuit diagram. The customer
connection is established at the power interface of the
SINAMICS DC MASTER.
D58 to D80
Documentation language
The following options refer to the operating instructions and the
List Manual for SINAMICS DC MASTER DC Converter as well as
the standard information texts in the circuit diagram. Parts lists
are in English/German.

Packing
M91
Packaging type: wooden crate
Cabinet bolted to a pallet, air cushion + shrink foil + additional
air cushion at the top. Wooden frame with approximate 100 mm
clearance to the cabinet, nailed with wooden strips with approx-
imately 200 mm space between them (low level of protection
against mechanical damage).
M92
Packaging type: crate, packed for air freight
Cabinet bolted to a pallet, air cushion + shrink foil + additional
air cushion at the top. Packed in a wooden crate.
M93
Packaging type: crate, seaworthy packaging
Cabinet bolted to a pallet, air cushion + aluminum foil + air
cushion at the top, desiccant added, and welded, vacuum
sealed and packed in a wooden crate.
M94
Packaging type: additional packaging data IPPC ISPM15
(according to country-specific regulations)
Protection against insects that can cause damage, all of the
wooden parts manufactured out of plywood. The factory is
certified for packing according to ISPM15.
Order code Languages
D58 English/French
D60 English/Spanish
D61 English/Russian
D80 English/Italian
Siemens AG 2013
Siemens D 23.2 2013
5
5/2 Dynamic overload capability
5/2 Overview
5/2 Dimensioning the units for optimized
load current
5/2 Determining the dynamic overload
capability
5/4 Load classes
5/6 Duty cycles for two-quadrant operation
5/7 Duty cycles for four-quadrant operation
5/8 Parallel connection and 12-pulse
operation, Supply of high inductances,
Protection against condensation
5/8 Overview
5/8 Parallel connection and 12-pulse
applications of SINAMICS DC MASTER
integrated in the drive cabinet
5/8 SINAMICS DC MASTER to feed
high inductances
5/8 Protection against condensation and
cabinet anti-condensation heating
5/8 More information
5/9 Characteristic values of the pulse
tachometer evaluation electronics
5/9 Overview
5/9 Incremental encoders, input pulse levels
5/9 Incremental encoder, maximum frequency
that can be evaluated
5/9 Incremental encoder, cable, cable length,
shield support
5/10 Notes for EMC-compliant drive
installation
5/10 Overview
5/10 Basic information about EMC
5/12 EMC-compliant drive installation
(installation instructions)
5/14 Harmonics
5/14 Overview
5/14 Line-side harmonics produced by
converter units in a fully-controlled
three-phase bridge circuit B6C and
(B6)A(B6)C
Engineering information
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability
5/2
Siemens D 23.2 2013
5
Overview
Dimensioning the units for optimized load current
In the catalog, the components in the cabinets, for example,
contactor, commutating reactor and busbars are dimensioned
and installed based on the rated converter current. In practice,
when referred to the actual motor load current, these compo-
nents can be overdimensioned. On request, and when specify-
ing the load cycle and the motor currents, a check can be made
as to whether it makes economic sense to adapt the current-car-
rying components to the plant requirements.
Determining the dynamic overload capability
Function overview
The rated DC current specified on the unit rating plate (max. per-
missible continuous DC current) may be exceeded in operation.
The extent to which this value is exceeded and how long this
lasts are subject to certain limits, which are explained in more
detail in the following.
The absolute upper limit for the absolute value of the overload
currents is 1.8 x the rated DC current. The max. overload dura-
tion depends on the time characteristic of the overload current
as well as on the load history of the unit and also depends on the
specific unit.
Each overload cycle must be preceded by an underload cycle
(load cycle with load current < rated DC current). Once the max.
permissible overload duration has elapsed, the load current
must return to at least an absolute value the rated DC current.
The dynamic overload duration is made possible by thermally
monitoring the power section (I
2
t monitoring). I
2
t monitoring uses
the time characteristic of the actual load current to calculate the
time characteristic of a substitute value for the increase of the
depletion layer temperature of the thyristors above the ambient
temperature. In this case, unit-specific properties (e.g. thermal
resistances and time constants) are incorporated in the calcula-
tion. When the converter unit is switched on, the calculation
process starts with the initial values that were determined before
the shutdown/line supply failure. The environmental conditions
(ambient temperature and installation altitude) must be taken
into account when setting a parameter.
I
2
t monitoring responds when the calculated substitute depletion
layer temperature rise exceeds the permissible value. Two alter-
natives can be parameterized as response:
Alarm with a reduction of the armature current setpoint to the
rated DC current or
Fault with unit shutdown
The I
2
t monitoring can be disabled. In this case, the armature
current is limited to the rated DC current.
Configuring for the dynamic overload capability
The configuring sheets contain the following information:
The max. overload duration t
an
when starting with a cold
power section and specified, constant overload,
The max. zero current interval t
ab
(max. cooling down time)
until the "cold" thermal state of the power section is reached,
and
Limit characteristic fields for determining the overload capa-
bility during thermally stabilized, intermittent operation with
overload (periodic duty cycles)
Remark: The power section is considered to be "cold" if the
calculated substitute depletion layer temperature rise is less
than 5 % of its max. permissible value. This state can be queried
using a binary user-assignable output.
Structure of the limit characteristic fields for intermittent opera-
tion with overload
The limit characteristic fields refer to a duty cycle of the inter-
mittent overload operation with a total duration (time period) of
300 s. Such a duty cycle comprises two time sections the
base-load duration (armature current actual value rated DC
current) and the overload duration (armature current actual
value rated DC current).
Each limit characteristic represents a unit-specific max. base-
load current for a specific overload factor (limiting base-load
current, specified as a % of the rated DC current) over the min.
base-load duration (limiting base-load duration). For the remain-
ing duration of the duty cycle, the max. permissible overload
current is determined by the overload factor. If no limit charac-
teristic has been specified for the required overload factor, then
it will be subject to the limiting characteristic for the next highest
overload factor.
The limit characteristic fields of the particular SINAMICS DC
MASTER DC Converter are shown in Catalog D 23.1. The char-
acteristic for the corresponding DC Converter should be used
for the SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet. Derating data that influ-
ence the rated DC current of the unit and therefore the associ-
ated characteristic, for example, the installation altitude and the
ambient temperature, should be taken from this Catalog D 23.2
Chapter "Technical data".
The limit characteristic fields are valid for a duty cycle of 300 s.
Using basic algorithms, duty cycles can be configured with duty
cycle durations of longer than or shorter than 300 s. This will now
be shown using two basic tasks.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability
5/3
Siemens D 23.2 2013
5
Overview (continued)

Characteristic example for basic tasks 1 and 2
Basic task 1
Given:
Unit, cycle duration, overload factor, overload duration
To be found:
(Min.) base-load duration and max. base-load current
Solution:

Example for basic task 1
Given:
- Unit with 30 A
- Cycle duration 113.2 s
- Overload factor 1.45
- Overload duration 20 s
To be found:
- (Min.) base-load duration
- Max. base-load current
Solution:
- Limit characteristic for a unit with 30 A
- Overload factor 1.5
- Overload duration
300
= 300 s / 113.2 s 20 s = 53 s
(see the characteristic example for basic tasks 1 and 2)
- Max. base-load current = 44 % I
rated
= 13.2 A
300
200
250
100
150
50
0
50 40 30 20 10 0 100 % 90 80 70 60
1438
906
631
455
333
123
Overload with x-times
rated DC current
(s) an
(s) = 2193 ab
Example of basic task 2
Example of basic task 1
O
v
e
r
l
o
a
d

d
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

i
n

s

f
o
r

3
0
0

s

c
y
c
l
e

d
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current
G_D023_EN_00022
t
t
x=1.1
x=1.2
x=1.3
x=1.4
x=1.5
x=1.8
x=1.1
x=1.2
x=1.3
x=1.4
x=1.5
x=1.8
Cycle duration
< 300 s 300 s
1. Determine the characteristic Select the limit characteristic for the specific unit and the specific overload factor
2. Overload duration
300
= 300 s/cycle duration overload duration Overload duration
300
3. Base-load duration
300
= 300 s overload duration
300
4. Base-load duration
300
< base-load
duration
300
for max. base-load current = 0
Yes: Required duty cycle cannot be configured
No: Read the max. base-load current for overload duration
300
from the limit characteristic
5. Determine the percentage for the base-load
current
Read the percentage for the base-load currents from the diagram
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability
5/4
Siemens D 23.2 2013
5
Overview (continued)
Basic task 2
Given:
Unit, cycle duration, overload factor, base-load current
To be found:
Maximum overload duration, minimum base-load duration
Solution:

Example for basic task 2
Given:
- Unit with 30 A
- Cycle duration 140 s
- Overload factor 1.15
- Base-load current = 0.6 I
rated
= 18 A
To be found:
- Maximum overload duration
- Minimum base-load duration
Solution:
- Limit characteristic for a unit with 30 A
- Overload factor 1.2
- Base load current = 60 % I
rated

(see characteristic example for basic tasks 1 and 2)
- Overload duration
300
= 127 s
- Max. overload duration = 140 s / 300 s 127 s = 59 s
- Min. base-load duration = 140 s - 59 s = 81 s
Base-load duration
300
= min. base-load duration for 300 s cycle
duration (300 s overload duration)
Overload duration
300
= max. overload duration fr 300 s cycle
duration

6RM8013-6DV62-0AA0 15 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V,
6RM8013-6FV62-0AA0 15 A/four-quadrant operation 480 V
Load classes
In order to be able to adapt the SINAMICS DC MASTER as
simply as possible to the load profile of the driven machine,
in addition to the individual dimensioning using the limit charac-
teristics of the dynamic overload capability, these can also be
dimensioned using pre-selected load cycles that are simple to
parameterize.
Note:
SINAMICS DC MASTER does not monitor whether the load class
set using parameters is maintained. If the power section
permits it, the unit can operate for overload durations in excess
of those defined by the load class. This means that the driven
machine of the mechanical system is not protected against over-
load!
The overload duration that is actually permitted for the power
section in question is always longer than the duration defined by
the load class, and the SINAMICS DC MASTER does monitor
whether the overload duration that is actually permitted for the
power section is being adhered to.
Cycle duration
< 300 s 300 s
1. Determine the characteristic Select the limit characteristic for the specific unit and the specific overload factor
2. Max. overload duration = (Cycle duration/300 s) overload duration
300
300 s base-load duration
300
3. Min. base-load duration = Cycle duration max. overload duration Cycle duration max. overload duration
300
200
250
100
150
50
0
50 40 30 20 10 0 100 % 90 80 70 60
9227
1633
1112
833
651
342
Overload with x-times
rated DC current
(s) an
(s) = 2303 ab
O
v
e
r
l
o
a
d

d
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

i
n

s

f
o
r

3
0
0

s

c
y
c
l
e

d
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current
G_D023_EN_00023
t
t
x=1.1
x=1.2
x=1.3
x=1.4
x=1.5
x=1.8
x=1.2
x=1.1
x=1.3
x=1.4
x=1.5
x=1.8
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability
5/5
Siemens D 23.2 2013
5
Overview (continued)

Load class
(parameter)
Load for the converter Load cycle
DC I I
DC I
continuous (I
dN
)

DC II I
DC II
for 15 min and 1.5 I
DC II
for 60 s

DC III I
DC III
for 15 min and 1.5 I
DC III
for 120 s

DC IV I
DC IV
for 15 min and 2 I
DC IV
for 10 s

US rating I
US
for 15 min and 1.5 I
US
for 60 s
Note:
With this setting, for all drive cabinet types, an
ambient and/or cooling medium temperature of
40 C is permissible.

100 %
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
X
X
_
0
0
0
0
5
15 min 60 s
150 %
100 %
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
X
X
_
0
0
0
0
6
15 min 120 s
150 %
100 %
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
X
X
_
0
0
0
0
7
15 min 10 s
200 %
100 %
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
X
X
_
0
0
0
0
8
15 min 60 s
150 %
100 %
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
X
X
_
0
0
0
0
6
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability
5/6
Siemens D 23.2 2013
5
Overview (continued)
Duty cycles for two-quadrant operation

Supply
voltage
SINAMICS DC MASTER
converter
T
u
1)
Duty cycles
DC I DC II DC III DC IV US rating T
u
= 40 C
continu-
ous
15 min
100 %
60 s
150 %
15 min
100 %
120 s
150 %
15 min
100 %
10 s
200 %
15 min
100 %
60 s
150 %
V Type C A A A A A A A A A
3 AC 400 6RM8025-6DS22-0AA0 40 60 51.4 77.1 50.2 75.3 46.4 92.8 51.4 77.1
6RM8028-6DS22-0AA0 40 90 74.4 111 72.8 109 65.4 130 74.4 111
6RM8031-6DS22-0AA0 40 125 106 159 103 155 96.3 192 106 159
6RM8075-6DS22-0AA0 35 210 164 247 161 242 136 273 157 236
6RM8078-6DS22-0AA0 35 280 226 340 219 328 201 402 215 323
6RM8081-6DS22-0AA0 35 400 290 435 282 423 244 488 278 417
6RM8085-6DS22-0AA0 35 600 462 693 446 669 413 826 443 665
6RM8087-6DS22-0AA0 35 850 652 978 622 933 609 1 219 619 929
6RM8091-6DS22-0AA0 35 1 200 884 1 326 857 1 286 768 1 537 842 1 263
6RM8093-4DS22-0AA0 35 1 600 1 255 1 883 1 213 1 819 1 139 2 279 1 190 1 785
6RM8095-4DS22-0AA0 35 2 000 1 477 2 216 1 435 2 152 1 326 2 653 1 404 2 106
6RM8098-4DS22-0AA0 35 3 000 2 288 3 432 2 189 3 283 2 164 4 328 2 178 3 267
3 AC 480 6RM8025-6FS22-0AA0 40 60 51.4 77.1 50.2 75.3 46.4 92.8 51.4 77.1
6RM8028-6FS22-0AA0 40 90 74.4 111 72.8 109 65.4 130 74.4 111
6RM8031-6FS22-0AA0 40 125 106 159 103 155 96.3 192 106 159
6RM8075-6FS22-0AA0 35 210 164 247 161 242 136 273 157 236
6RM8078-6FS22-0AA0 35 280 226 340 219 328 201 402 215 323
6RM8082-6FS22-0AA0 35 450 320 480 311 466 274 548 306 460
6RM8085-6FS22-0AA0 35 600 462 693 446 669 413 826 443 665
6RM8087-6FS22-0AA0 35 850 652 978 622 933 609 1 219 619 929
6RM8091-6FS22-0AA0 35 1 200 884 1 326 857 1 286 768 1 537 842 1 263
3 AC 575 6RM8025-6GS22-0AA0 40 60 51.4 77.1 50.2 75.3 46.4 92.8 51.4 77.1
6RM8031-6GS22-0AA0 40 125 106 159 103 155 96.3 192 106 159
6RM8075-6GS22-0AA0 35 210 164 247 161 242 136 273 157 236
6RM8081-6GS22-0AA0 35 400 290 435 282 423 244 488 278 417
6RM8085-6GS22-0AA0 35 600 462 693 446 669 413 826 443 665
6RM8087-6GS22-0AA0 35 800 607 911 581 872 559 1 118 578 867
6RM8090-6GS22-0AA0 35 1 100 804 1 207 782 1 173 689 1 379 766 1 150
6RM8093-4GS22-0AA0 35 1 600 1 255 1 883 1 213 1 819 1 139 2 279 1 190 1 785
6RM8095-4GS22-0AA0 35 2 000 1 663 2 494 1 591 2 386 1 568 3 136 1 569 2 354
6RM8096-4GS22-0AA0 35 2 200 1 779 2 669 1 699 2 549 1 697 3 394 1 678 2 517
6RM8097-4GS22-0AA0 35 2 800 2 136 3 204 2 044 3 066 2 022 4 044 2 024 3 036
3 AC 690 6RM8086-6KS22-0AA0 35 720 553 829 527 791 515 1 031 525 788
6RM8090-6KS22-0AA0 35 1 000 737 1 105 715 1 072 639 1 279 702 1 053
6RM8093-4KS22-0AA0 35 1 500 1 171 1 757 1 140 1 710 1 036 2 073 1 116 1 674
6RM8095-4KS22-0AA0 35 2 000 1 589 2 383 1 522 2 283 1 505 3 011 1 503 2 255
6RM8097-4KS22-0AA0 35 2 600 1 992 2 989 1 906 2 859 1 887 3 774 1 876 2 815
3 AC 830 6RM8088-6LS22-0AA0 35 950 700 1 051 679 1 019 607 1 215 667 1 001
6RM8093-4LS22-0AA0 35 1 500 1 171 1 757 1 140 1 710 1 036 2 073 1 116 1 674
6RM8095-4LS22-0AA0 35 1 900 1 485 2 228 1 421 2 132 1 396 2 793 1 414 2 121
3 AC 950 6RM8096-4MS22-0AA0 35 2 200 1 674 2 511 1 603 2 404 1 570 3 141 1 588 2 382
1)
For other temperatures, see under "Coolant temperature and installation altitude" in the catalog part "SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet", Section "Ordering and
technology" "Technical data".
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability
5/7
Siemens D 23.2 2013
5
Overview (continued)
Duty cycles for four-quadrant operation

1)
For other temperatures, see under "Coolant temperature and installation altitude" in the catalog part "SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet", Section "Ordering and
technology" "Technical data".
Supply
voltage
SINAMICS DC MASTER
converter
T
u
1)
Duty cycles
DC I DC II DC III DC IV US rating T
u
= 45 C
continu-
ous
15 min
100 %
60 s
150 %
15 min
100 %
120 s
150 %
15 min
100 %
10 s
200 %
15 min
100 %
60 s
150 %
V Type C A A A A A A A A A
3 AC 400 6RM8013-6DV62-0AA0 40 15 13.9 20.8 13.5 20.2 12.6 25.2 13.9 20.8
6RM8018-6DV62-0AA0 40 30 24.9 37.3 24.2 36.3 22.4 44.8 24.9 37.3
6RM8025-6DV62-0AA0 40 60 53.1 79.6 51.8 77.7 47.2 94.4 53.1 79.6
6RM8028-6DV62-0AA0 40 90 78.2 117 76 114 72.2 144 78.2 117
6RM8031-6DV62-0AA0 40 125 106 159 103 155 95.4 190 106 159
6RM8075-6DV62-0AA0 35 210 164 247 161 242 136 273 157 236
6RM8078-6DV62-0AA0 35 280 226 340 219 328 201 402 215 323
6RM8081-6DV62-0AA0 35 400 300 450 292 438 247 494 285 428
6RM8085-6DV62-0AA0 35 600 470 706 453 680 410 820 450 675
6RM8087-6DV62-0AA0 35 850 658 987 634 951 579 1 159 626 939
6RM8091-6DV62-0AA0 35 1 200 884 1 326 857 1 286 768 1 537 842 1 263
6RM8093-4DV62-0AA0 35 1 600 1 255 1 883 1 213 1 819 1 139 2 279 1 190 1 785
6RM8095-4DV62-0AA0 35 2 000 1 477 2 216 1 435 2 152 1 326 2 653 1 404 2 106
6RM8098-4DV62-0AA0 35 3 000 2 288 3 432 2 189 3 283 2 164 4 328 2 178 3 267
3 AC 480 6RM8013-6FV62-0AA0 45 15 13.9 20.8 13.5 20.2 12.6 25.2 13.9 20.8
6RM8018-6FV62-0AA0 45 30 24.9 37.3 24.2 36.3 22.4 44.8 24.9 37.3
6RM8025-6FV62-0AA0 45 60 53.1 79.6 51.8 77.7 47.2 94.4 53.1 79.6
6RM8028-6FV62-0AA0 45 90 78.2 117 76 114 72.2 144 78.2 117
6RM8031-6FV62-0AA0 45 125 106 159 103 155 95.4 190 106 159
6RM8075-6FV62-0AA0 35 210 164 247 161 242 136 273 157 236
6RM8078-6FV62-0AA0 35 280 226 340 219 328 201 402 215 323
6RM8082-6FV62-0AA0 35 450 320 480 311 466 274 548 306 460
6RM8085-6FV62-0AA0 35 600 470 706 453 680 410 820 450 675
6RM8087-6FV62-0AA0 35 850 658 987 634 951 579 1 159 626 939
6RM8091-6FV62-0AA0 35 1 200 884 1 326 857 1 286 768 1 537 842 1 263
3 AC 575 6RM8025-6GV62-0AA0 40 60 53.1 79.6 51.8 77.7 47.2 94.4 53.1 79.6
6RM8031-6GV62-0AA0 40 125 106 159 103 155 95.4 190 106 159
6RM8075-6GV62-0AA0 35 210 164 247 161 242 136 273 157 236
6RM8081-6GV62-0AA0 35 400 300 450 292 438 247 494 285 428
6RM8085-6GV62-0AA0 35 600 470 706 453 680 410 820 450 675
6RM8087-6GV62-0AA0 35 850 658 987 634 951 579 1 159 626 939
6RM8090-6GV62-0AA0 35 1 100 804 1 207 782 1 173 689 1 379 766 1 150
6RM8093-4GV62-0AA0 35 1 600 1 255 1 883 1 213 1 819 1 139 2 279 1 190 1 785
6RM8095-4GV62-0AA0 35 2 000 1 663 2 494 1 591 2 386 1 568 3 136 1 569 2 354
6RM8096-4GV62-0AA0 35 2 200 1 779 2 669 1 699 2 549 1 697 3 394 1 678 2 517
6RM8097-4GV62-0AA0 35 2 800 2 136 3 204 2 044 3 066 2 022 4 044 2 024 3 036
3 AC 690 6RM8086-6KV62-0AA0 35 760 598 898 575 863 532 1 065 569 853
6RM8090-6KV62-0AA0 35 1 000 737 1 105 715 1 072 639 1 279 702 1 053
6RM8093-4KV62-0AA0 35 1 500 1 171 1 757 1 140 1 710 1 036 2 073 1 116 1 674
6RM8095-4KV62-0AA0 35 2 000 1 589 2 383 1 522 2 283 1 505 3 011 1 503 2 255
6RM8097-4KV62-0AA0 35 2 600 1 992 2 989 1 906 2 859 1 887 3 774 1 876 2 815
3 AC 830 6RM8088-6LV62-0AA0 35 950 700 1 051 679 1 019 607 1 215 667 1 001
6RM8093-4LV62-0AA0 35 1 500 1 171 1 757 1 140 1 710 1 036 2 073 1 116 1 674
6RM8095-4LV62-0AA0 35 1 900 1 485 2 228 1 421 2 132 1 396 2 793 1 414 2 121
3 AC 950 6RM8096-4MV62-0AA0 35 2 200 1 674 2 511 1 603 2 404 1 570 3 141 1 588 2 382
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Engineering information
5/8
Siemens D 23.2 2013
5
Overview
Parallel connection and 12-pulse applications of SINAMICS
DC MASTER integrated in the drive cabinet
Under certain preconditions it may make sense to connect con-
verters in parallel, e.g. to increase the power rating or to provide
redundancy (operating mode "(n+m operation")). SINAMICS DC
MASTER are suitable for these types of applications and on
request, the appropriate configuration can also be implemented
as cabinet version. You are provided with a ready-to-connect
cabinet system with components that are optimally harmonized
with one another, including detailed documentation and circuit
diagrams.
Further, for 12-pulse applications, the smoothing reactor on the
DC side can be dimensioned and integrated in the drive cabinet.

12-pulse operation
SINAMICS DC MASTER can also be used in redundant opera-
tion. In this operating mode, at least two units are connected in
parallel. This means that it is possible to maintain operation with
the remaining SINAMICS DC MASTER units if one unit fails (e.g.
if a fuse fails in the power section). When appropriately config-
ured and interconnected, both the armature circuit as well as the
field circuit can be redundantly operated.
SINAMICS DC MASTER units that are still functionable, continue
to operate without any interruption when a unit fails. When con-
figuring the system, it is important to note that in redundant ap-
plications, the power rating of only n units (instead of n+m units)
must be sufficient.
In the case of a fault, the master functionality is automatically
transferred. As a consequence, this operating mode is possible
both when power sections of the slaves fail and when the power
section of the master fails. (MTBF data in redundant operation
are available on request.)
The parallel connection can also be used to increase the power
rating. Up to six SINAMICS DC MASTER can be connected in
parallel. Further, it is possible to select and dimension system-
specific power sections, build them up and control them using
the Control Module. The power section and the closed-loop con-
trol part are shipped as complete cabinet system that is ready to
be connected up.
SINAMICS DC MASTER to feed high inductances
To supply high inductances such as the fields of large DC or
synchronous motors or lifting solenoids the gating unit is
changed over to long pulses using the appropriate parameter
settings. At high levels of inductance, the long pulses ensure
that the thyristors are reliably triggered. In this case, the arma-
ture circuit of the units is not used to supply the armature of DC
motors, but to supply large field windings.
Note:
An external overvoltage protective circuit must be provided at
the DC voltage output of the SINAMICS DC MASTER (see
Catalog D 23.1, section, Accessories).
Protection against condensation and cabinet anti-
condensation heating
SINAMICS DC MASTER are designed in compliance with
climate class 3K3 (EN 60721-3-3) without condensation.
When supplied to tropical countries, we recommend that the
drive cabinets are equipped with cabinet heating elements
(option L55).
As option, the converter units are equipped with coated PCBs
(option M08), which are insensitive to adverse ambient condi-
tions. (The AOP30 and the optionally available Sensor and
Terminal Modules also have coated PCBs/boards.)
In order to guarantee safe and reliable operation, under all
circumstances, it should be avoided that the units are commis-
sioned with PC boards with moisture condensation.
More information
More detailed information and application documentation can
be found in the Internet under the following address:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/38157755/130000 (search item "Application")
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
0
a
Converter transformer
e.g. Dy5Dd0 or Yy0Yd11
Overvoltage protection Overvoltage protection
Smoothing
reactor
Smoothing
reactor
Parallel connection and 12-pulse operation, Supply of
high inductances, Protection against condensation
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Engineering information
Characteristic values of the
pulse tachometer evaluation electronics
5/9
Siemens D 23.2 2013
5
Overview
Incremental encoders, input pulse levels
The evaluation electronics can process encoder signals (sym-
metrical as well as asymmetrical) up to a max. differential volt-
age of 27 V. The encoder type is selected via parameter. The
evaluation electronics are adjusted electronically to the encoder
signal voltage. With the parameter setting, a sub-division is
made into two rated input voltage ranges.

If the incremental encoder does not supply any symmetrical
encoder signals, it must be grounded with each signal cable
twisted in pairs and connected to the negative connections of
track 1, track 2, and zero mark.
Incremental encoder, maximum frequency that can be
evaluated
The max. frequency of the encoder pulses that can be evaluated
is 300 kHz. To ensure the encoder pulses are evaluated cor-
rectly, the minimum edge clearance T
min
between two encoder
signal edges (track 1, track 2), as listed in the table, must be
adhered to.

If the incremental encoder is incorrectly matched to the encoder
cable, disturbing cable reflections will occur at the receiving
end. To ensure that encoder pulses of this type can be evaluated
without errors, these reflections need to be damped. The limit
values listed in the table below must be maintained in order to
prevent the resulting power losses in the evaluation electronics
adaptor from being exceeded.

Incremental encoder, cable, cable length, shield support
The encoder cable capacitance must be recharged at each en-
coder edge change. The rms value of this current is proportional
to the cable length and pulse frequency, and must not exceed
the current permitted by the encoder manufacturer. A suitable
cable that meets the recommendations of the encoder manufac-
turer must be used, and the max. cable length must not be
exceeded.
Generally speaking, a twisted cable pair with a single pair shield
is sufficient for each track. This reduces crosstalk between
the cables. Shielding all the pairs provides protection against
interference pulses. The shield should be connected to the
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet shield bar through a large sur-
face area.
Rated input voltage range
5 V 15 V
Low level Differential voltage < 0.8 V Differential voltage < 5 V
High level Differential voltage > 2 V Differential voltage > 8 V
1)
Hysteresis > 0.2 V > 1 V
Common-mode controllability 10 V 10 V
Rated input voltage range
5 V 15 V
Differential voltage
2)
2 V > 2.5 V 8 V 10 V > 14 V
T
min

3)
630 ns 380 ns 630 ns 430 ns 380 ns
F
max

50 kHz 100 kHz 150 kHz 200 kHz 300 kHz
Differential voltage
4)
Up to 27 V Up to 22 V Up to 18 V Up to 16 V Up to 14 V
1)
Restriction: See "Maximum frequency that can be evaluated"
2)
Differential voltage at the terminals of the evaluation electronics
3)
The phase error L
G
(deviation of 90), caused by the encoder and cable
and which is permissible, can be calculated from T
min
:
L
G
= + (90 - f
p
T
min
360 10
-6
)
L
G
Phase error in
f
p
Pulse frequency in kHz
T
min
Minimum edge clearance in ns
4)
Differential voltage of the encoder pulses without load (approximate
encoder power supply voltage)
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Engineering information
Notes for EMC-compliant drive installation
5/10
Siemens D 23.2 2013
5
Overview
When designing a plant or system, the EMC concept is an im-
portant component and is essential when it comes to achieving
a high plant availability. When developing our cabinets, a lot of
emphasis was placed on an EMC-compliant design. The cabi-
nets are designed based on an EMC zone concept, and cables
are routed so that there is a clean demarcation. In addition, the
customer interfaces that are easy to access provide sufficient
space to connect cable shields. Noise emission can be addi-
tionally reduced by selecting the radio interference suppression
filter option (L00).
Basic information about EMC
What is EMC?
EMC stands for "ElectroMagnetic Compatibility" and describes
"the capability of a device to function satisfactorily in an electro-
magnetic environment without itself causing interference unac-
ceptable for other devices in the environment". Therefore, the
various units should not mutually interfere with one another.
Interference emission and interference immunity
EMC is dependent upon two properties of the units involved in
the system: interference emission and interference immunity.
Electrical units can be sources of interference (senders) and/or
potentially susceptible equipment (receivers).
Electromagnetic compatibility is ensured when the existing
sources of interference do not impair the function of potentially
susceptible equipment.
A unit may even be a source of interference and potentially sus-
ceptible equipment at the same time. For example, the power
section of a converter unit should be viewed as a source of inter-
ference and the control unit as potentially susceptible equip-
ment.
Product standard EN 61800-3
The EMC requirements for "Variable-speed drive systems" are
described in the product standard EN 61800-3. A variable-
speed drive system (or Power Drive System PDS) consists of the
drive converter and the electric motor including cables. The
driven machine is not part of the drive system. EN 61800-3
defines different limits depending on the location of the drive
system, referred to as the first and second environments.
Residential buildings or locations at which the drive system is
directly connected to a public low-voltage supply without inter-
mediate transformer are defined as the first environment.
The term second environment refers to all locations outside
residential areas. These are basically industrial areas which are
supplied from the medium-voltage line supply via their own
transformers.

Definition of the first and second environments
10 m
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
2
0
Drive
(source of
interference)
Measuring point
for radiated
interference
Equipment
(affected by
interference)
Second
environment
First
environment
Measuring point for
conducted
interference
Industrial
low-voltage supply
Public
low-voltage
supply
Propagation
of conducted
interference
Medium-voltage line supply
Installation
limit
10 m
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Engineering information
Notes for EMC-compliant drive installation
5/11
Siemens D 23.2 2013
5
Overview (continued)
Four different categories are defined in EN 61800-3 Ed.2 de-
pending on the location and the power of the drive:
Category C1: Drive systems for rated voltages < 1 000 V for
unlimited use in the first environment.
Category C2: Stationary drive systems for rated voltages
< 1 000 V for use in the second environment. Use in the first
environment is possible if the drive system is marketed and
installed by qualified personnel. The warning information and
installation instructions supplied by the manufacturer must be
observed.
Category C3: Drive systems for rated voltages < 1 000 V for
exclusive use in the second environment.
Category C4: Drive systems for rated voltages 1 000 V or for
rated currents 400 A for use in complex systems in the second
environment.
The following diagram shows how the four categories are
assigned to the first and second environments:

Definition of Categories C1 to C4
SINAMICS DC MASTER is almost exclusively used in the second
environment (Categories C3 and C4).
Radio interference suppression filters are always required for
use in Category C2 (option L00); further, the commutating reac-
tor cannot be deselected.
SINAMICS DC MASTER conforms to the interference immunity
requirements defined in EN 61800-3 for the second environment,
and thus also with the lower requirements in the first environ-
ment.
Standard EN 55011
Some situations require compliance with standard EN 55011.
This defines limit values for interference emissions in industrial
and residential environments. The values that are measured are
conducted interference at the line supply connection as interfer-
ence voltage, and electromagnetically radiated interference as
radio interference, under standardized conditions.
The standard defines limit values "A1" and "B1" which, for inter-
ference voltage, apply to the 150 kHz 30 MHz range and, for
radio interference, the 30 MHz 2 GHz range. Since SINAMICS
DC MASTER converter units are used in industrial applications,
they are subject to the limit value "A1". To achieve limited value
"A1", radio interference suppression filters (option L00) are al-
ways necessary; further, the commutating reactor must not be
deselected.
SINAMICS DC MASTER, industrial applications
Industrial applications demand that units demonstrate an ex-
tremely high level of interference immunity, but by contrast place
very low requirements on them in terms of interference emission
levels. The limit values for interference emission "A1" of
EN 55011 are maintained when using the additional radio inter-
ference suppression filter (option L00) and EMC-compliant con-
nection of the cabinets. If the drive cabinet forms part of a plant
or system, it does not initially need to fulfill any interference emis-
sion requirements. However, EMC legislation does stipulate that
the plant or system as a whole must be electromagnetically com-
patible with its environment.
Non-grounded line supplies
Non-grounded line supplies (IT line supplies) are used in some
branches of industry in order to increase the availability of the
plant. In the event of a ground fault, no fault current flows and the
plant can continue with production. However, in conjunction with
radio interference suppression filters, in the case of a fault, a
fault current flows, which can cause the drives to shut down or
possibly even destroy the radio interference suppression filter.
This is the reason that the product standard does not define any
limit values for these types of line supplies. From an economic
perspective, any necessary EMC conformance measures
should be taken on the grounded primary side of the supply
transformer.
EMC planning
If two units are not electromagnetically compatible, you can re-
duce the interference emission level of the source of interference
or increase the interference immunity of the potentially suscepti-
ble equipment.
Sources of interference are generally power electronics units
with high power consumption. Reducing their interference
emission levels requires complex filters. Potentially susceptible
equipment usually refers to controlgear and sensors, including
their evaluation circuit. Lower costs are involved with increasing
the interference immunity of units with lower power ratings. This
means, that from an economic perspective, increasing the inter-
ference immunity is generally a more favorable option for indus-
trial applications than reducing the interference emission level.
For example, to maintain limit value class A1 of EN 55011, the
radio interference voltage at the line supply connection point
between 150 and 500 kHz can be a max. of 79 dB (V) and be-
tween 500 kHz and 30 MHz, a max. of 73 dB (V) (9 or 4.5 mV).
In industrial applications, EMC between units should be based
on a carefully-balanced combination of the interference emis-
sion and interference immunity levels.
The most cost-effective measure that can be put in place to
achieve EMC conformance is to physically separate sources of
interference and potentially susceptible equipment provided
that you have taken this option into account during the planning
stage of your machine/plant. In the first instance, it is necessary
to determine whether each unit used is a potential source of
interference or potentially susceptible equipment. Within this
context, converter units and contactors, for example, can be
counted as sources of interference. While examples of poten-
tially susceptible equipment include PLCs, encoders and sen-
sors.
The components in the drive cabinet (sources of interference
and potentially susceptible equipment) must be physically sep-
arated, by means of partition plates if necessary, or by installing
them in metal enclosures.
G_D213_EN_00009
First
enviroment
Second
enviroment
C1
C2
C4
C3
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Engineering information
Notes for EMC-compliant drive installation
5/12
Siemens D 23.2 2013
5
Overview (continued)
EMC-compliant drive installation (installation instructions)
General information
Not only are drives operated in a wide variety of environments,
but the electrical components used (controls and switched
mode power supplies, and so on) can also differ widely with re-
spect to interference immunity and interference emission levels,
meaning that all installation guidelines of any kind can offer is a
practical compromise. For this reason, EMC rules do not need to
be always precisely implemented, provided that measures are
tested on a case-by-case basis.
In order to ensure electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) in your
control cabinets in rugged electrical environments and adhere to
the standards required by the relevant legislating body, the EMC
rules listed below should be followed during the construction
and design stages.
Rules 1 to 8 are generally valid. Rules 9 to 11 must be followed
in order to fulfill interference emission standards.
Rules for EMC-compliant installation
Rule 1
Signal cables
1)
if at all possible, should only be routed at just
one level in the cabinet.
Rule 2
Unshielded cables in the same circuit (outgoing/incoming con-
ductors) must be twisted wherever possible, or the area between
them minimized, to prevent the unnecessary formation of frame
antennae.
Rule 3
Connect spare wires at both ends to the cabinet ground
(ground
2)
). This provides an additional shielding effect.
Rule 4
Avoid unnecessary cable lengths. This keeps coupling capaci-
tances and inductances low.
Rule 5
Crosstalk is generally reduced, if cables are routed close to the
control cabinet ground. Therefore, do not route cables freely
around the cabinet, but route them as close as possible to the
cabinet enclosure or to the mounting plates. This also applies to
spare cables.
Rule 6
Signal and power cables must be physically separated (to pre-
vent coupling paths). A minimum distance of 20 cm must be
observed.
If it is not possible to physically separate the encoder and motor
cables, the encoder cable must be decoupled either using a
partition or by routing it in a metal conduit. The partition or metal
conduit must be grounded at several points.
Rule 7
Ground the shields of digital signal cables at both ends (source
and destination), ensuring maximum contact area and good
conductivity. In the event of poor equipotential bonding between
the shield connections, run an additional equipotential bonding
conductor with a cross-section of at least 10 mm
2
parallel to the
shield for the purpose of reducing the shield current. Generally
speaking, the shields may also be connected to the cabinet
enclosure (ground) at several points. The shields can be con-
nected several times even outside the drive cabinet.
Foil-type shields should be avoided, as they are at least 5 times
less effective than braided shields.
Rule 8
Shields for analog signal cables may be connected to ground at
both ends if the equipotential bonding is good (this must be
done through a large surface area with good conductivity). It can
be assumed that equipotential bonding is good if all of the metal
parts are interconnected with one another through a good elec-
trical connection and the electronics components are supplied
from a single source.
Connecting shields at one end prevents low-frequency, capaci-
tive interference from being coupled in (e.g. 50 Hz hum). In this
case, the shield should be connected in the drive cabinet;
whereby the shield can also be connected using a separate
wire.
Rule 9
A line reactor must be included in the field circuit for controlled
field power supplies.
Rule 10
A commutating reactor must be included in the armature circuit
of the converter.
Rule 11
The motor cables do not have to be shielded. There must be a
clearance of at least 20 cm between the line supply feeder cable
and the motor cables (field, armature). If necessary, a separat-
ing metal partition should be used.
Additional diagrams show details that are not immediately clear
in the overview diagram and which may also have an effect on
the resistance to interference/interference emission levels of the
drive cabinet as well as different shield connection techniques.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Engineering information
Notes for EMC-compliant drive installation
5/13
Siemens D 23.2 2013
5
Overview (continued)

Shielding at the cable entry to the cabinet

Shielding in the cabinet
Shield connection
Shield connection
$ Connecting terminal on a copper bar, max. cable diameter
15 mm
% Bar-mounting terminal on a copper bar, max. cable diameter
10 mm
& Metal tube or cable tie on a bare-metal comb-type/toothed
bar
( Clamp with metal backing plate on a cable support rail
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
2
Attach to cabinet enclosure
over a large surface area
with good conductivity
at both ends!
Do not use the shield
bar for strain relief!
Cable clamping bar
for strain-relief
Cable duct
Also shield on the
plant side (e.g at the
pulse encoder)!
Shield connection
Analog signal
cable
Data cable
(e. g. pulse encoder)
Data cable
(e. g. PROFIBUS-DP)
Connecting
terminals
Attach to cabinet
enclosure over a
large surface area
with good conduc-
tivity at both ends
Also shield
on the plant side
(e. g. at the pulse encoder)
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
3
G
_
D
0
2
3
_
X
X
_
0
0
0
1
9
1 2 3 4
1)
Signal cables are defined as:
Digital signal cable:
Cables for pulse encoders,
Serial interfaces, e.g. PROFIBUS DP or
analog signal cable, e.g. 10 V setpoint cable.
2)
Generally speaking, "ground" refers to all metallic conductive parts that can
be connected to a protective conductor, such as the cabinet enclosure,
motor enclosure, or foundation ground etc.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Engineering information
Harmonics
5/14
Siemens D 23.2 2013
5
Overview
Line-side harmonics produced by converter units in a fully-
controlled three-phase bridge circuit (B6C and (B6)A(B6)C)
The majority of converter units for medium-power applications
have a fully-controlled three-phase bridge circuit. Below is an
example of the harmonics that can be found in a typical system
configuration for two firing angles ( = 20 and = 60).
The values have been taken from a previous publication,
"Oberschwingungen im netzseitigen Strom sechspulsiger
netzgefhrter Stromrichter (Harmonics in the Line-Side Current
of Six-Pulse, Line-Commutated Converters)" by H. Arremann
and G. Mltgen, Siemens Research and Development Division,
Volume 7 (1978) No. 2,

Springer-Verlag 1978.
In addition, the formulas are specified which, depending on the
actual operating data in use (no-load voltage V
V0
, line frequency
f
N
, and DC current I
d
), can be used to calculate the short-circuit
power S
K
and armature inductance L
a
for the motor to which the
specified harmonics spectrum applies.
If the actual line short-circuit power and/or actual armature
inductance deviate from the values calculated in this way, then
they will need to be calculated on a case-by-case basis.
The harmonics spectrum shown below is obtained if the values
for the short-circuit powerS
K
at the point where the unit is con-
nected and the armature inductance L
a
of the motor, calculated
using the following formulas, match the actual values of the plant
or system. If the values do not match, the harmonics will have to
be separately calculated.

The fundamental component of current I
1
as a reference variable
is calculated using the following formula:
I
1
= g 0.817 I
d
I
d
DC current of the operating point being investigated
g basic fundamental content
The harmonics currents calculated according to the table only
apply for:
a) Short-circuit power S
K
at the point point where the
converter unit is connected
S
K
= V
V0
2
/X
N
(VA)
where
X
N
= X
K
X
D
= 0.03536 V
V0
/I
d
2 f
N
L
D
()
V
V0
No-load voltage at the point where the converter unit is
connected in V
I
d
DC current of the operating point being investigated in A
f
N
Line frequency in Hz
L
D
Inductance of the commutating reactor being used in H
b) Armature inductance L
a

L
a
= 0.0488 V
V0
/(f
N
I
d
) (H)
If the actual values for the short-circuit power S
K
and/or armature
inductance L
a
deviate from the values calculated using the
formulas above, a separate calculation will need to be made.
Example:
Let us assume a drive with the following data:
V
V0
= 400 V
I
d
= 150 A
f
N
= 50 Hz
L
D
= 0.169 mH (4EU2421-7AA10) with I
LN
= 125 A
where
X
N
= 0.03536 400/150 2 0.169 10
3
= 0.0412
The following short-circuit power of the line supply required at
the point where the converter is connected:
S
K
= 400
2
/0.0412 = 3.88 MVA
and the following armature inductance of the motor is required:
L
a
= 0.0488 400/(50 150) = 2.0 mH
The harmonic currents I

(with I
1
= g 0.817 I
d
for firing an-
gles = 20 and = 60) that can be taken from the tables, only
apply for the values S
K
and L
a
that have been calculated in this
way. If the actual values deviate from these, a separate calcula-
tion will have to be made.
For the purpose of dimensioning filters and compensation
equipment with reactors, it is only possible to draw on the infor-
mation provided by the harmonic values calculated in this way if
the calculated values S
K
and L
a
match the actual drive values.
In all other cases, a separate calculation will have to be made
(this particularly applies when using compensated motors as
they have very low armature inductance levels).
I

/I
1
at = 20
fundamental factor
g = 0.962
at = 60
fundamental factor
g = 0.953
5 0.235 0.283
7 0.100 0.050
11 0.083 0.089
13 0.056 0.038
17 0.046 0.050
19 0.035 0.029
23 0.028 0.034
25 0.024 0.023
29 0.018 0.026
31 0.016 0.019
35 0.011 0.020
37 0.010 0.016
41 0.006 0.016
43 0.006 0.013
47 0.003 0.013
49 0.003 0.011
Siemens AG 2013
Siemens D 23.2 2013
6
6/2 Engineering tools
6/2 Overview
6/2 SIZER WEB ENGINEERING
6/2 Overview
6/2 More information
6/3 DT Configurator selection tool
6/3 Overview
6/3 Selection and ordering data
6/3 More information
6/4 STARTER commissioning tool
6/4 Overview
6/4 Integration
6/5 Selection and ordering data
6/5 Accessories
6/6 Drive Control Chart (DCC)
6/6 Overview
6/6 Selection and ordering data
6/7 Drive ES engineering software
6/7 Overview
6/7 Application
6/7 Design
6/8 Selection and ordering data
6/9 Options
6/9 More information
Tools and engineering
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Tools and engineering
Engineering tools
6/2
Siemens D 23.2 2013
6
Overview
SIZER WEB ENGINEERING and the DT Configurator are avail-
able as engineering tools.
If several drive components, such as DC converters, high-
voltage motors or medium-voltage converters and systems are
to be configured and combined in one project, the use of
SIZER WEB ENGINEERING is recommended. An inquiry func-
tionality is integrated in the application with which any questions
that arise during configuration can be sent straight away to the
Siemens sales office.
The DT Configurator is recommended for quick configuration of
standard products. The configured products can be transferred
to the shopping cart of the Industry Mall if the user has the re-
quired authorization. Thus the DT Configurator provides a short
and efficient procedure from configuring to ordering.
Note for SINAMICS DCM Cabinet:
To select the DC converters, both SIZER WEB ENGINEERING
and the DT Configurator can be used. However, it is necessary
to check the load capability of the converter taking into account
the selected or specified degree of protection and cooling type
of the drive cabinet based on the information provided in Section
"Coolant temperature and installation altitude" of this catalog.
The order number of the drive cabinet and the matching options
can be selected in this catalog. The converter can be commis-
sioned using the AOP30 installed as standard; or also in a user-
friendly fashion using the PC-based STARTER commissioning
tool.
Overview
Flexible, customized and user-friendly
With the web-based drive engineering tool you can quickly find
the solution for your particular drive application: Menu-prompted
workflows specifically guide you when you are selecting and
dimensioning products and drive systems including acces-
sories.
Via an integrated query function, SIZER WEB ENGINEERING
can also provide you with customized special solutions for
applications that cannot be addressed using "Standard
Products", i.e. where the focus is on flexibility and a customized
solution.
Currently the following product groups are supported:
High-Voltage motors
Low-Voltage motors
Medium-Voltage converters
Low-Voltage converters
DC technology
Comprehensive documentation such as data sheets, starting
calculations, dimension drawings, quotation documentation
to name just a few are a fixed component of this tool.
The result: customized solutions for your drive tasks.
Example: Starting calculation
System requirements include Internet access as well as a
standard browser (e.g. Internet Explorer from V7.0, Firefox from
V3.0). SIZER WEB ENGINEERING is available for use
24h/365 days after registration and release.
More information
Further information on the SIZER WEB ENGINEERING
engineering tool is available at
www.siemens.com/sizer-we
SIZER WEB ENGINEERING
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Tools and engineering
DT Configurator selection tool
6/3
Siemens D 23.2 2013
6
Overview
Configuring drive system products
The Drive Technology (DT) Configurator supports you when
selecting the optimum products for your application starting
from gearboxes, motors, converters as well as the associated
options and components up to control systems, software
licenses and connection systems. Whether with little or detailed
product knowledge: You can easily, quickly and efficiently con-
figure your particular drive using product group preselectors,
targeted navigation through selection menus or by entering item
numbers directly to select the products.
In addition to all of this, comprehensive documentation can be
called up in the DT Configurator, comprising technical data
sheets, operating instructions, certificates as well as 2D/3D
dimension drawings. The products that you selected can be
directly ordered by transferring a parts list into the Industry Mall.
DT Configurator to efficiently configure your drive
Quickly and simply configuring drive components
Configure drive systems for pumps, fans and compressors
applications starting from 1 kW up to 2.6 MW
Selection from a wide range of products
Comprehensive documentation
Support for retrofit projects
Can be directly ordered through the Industry Mall
System requirements include:
Internet access as well as a standard browser
(e.g. Internet Explorer from V7.0, Firefox from V5.0)
The documentation (data sheets, dimension drawings, etc.)
is output in PDF or RTF format.
Registration is not required to use the Drive Technology
Configurator.
Selection and ordering data
More information
Online access on the DT Configurator
Further information on the DT Configurator selection tool is
available at:
www.siemens.com/dtconfigurator
Offline access on the DT Configurator in the
Interactive Catalog CA 01
The DT Configurator is also integrated on the DVD of the
Interactive Catalog CA 01, the offline version of the Siemens
Industry Mall.
You can order the CA 01 with your respective Siemens sales
person or in the Internet:
www.siemens.com/automation/CA01
Description Order No.
Interactive Catalog CA 01
DVD-ROM
including selection guide
DT Configurator, English
E86060-D4001-A510-D2-7600
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Tools and engineering
STARTER commissioning tool
6/4
Siemens D 23.2 2013
6
Overview
The user-friendly STARTER commissioning tool can be used for
Commissioning
Optimizing and
Diagnostics
This software can either be operated as a stand-alone PC
application or can be integrated into the SCOUT engineering
system (with SIMOTION) or STEP 7 (with Drive ES Basic). The
basic functions and handling are the same in both cases.
Engineering can be performed online, directly connected with
the drive, or offline. If several drives are connected to a commu-
nication bus, then an online connection can be established to
several drives simultaneously.
SINAMICS DC MASTER is supported from STARTER 4.1.5;
it is not possible to use older STARTER versions.
The project wizards can be used to create the drives within the
structure of the project tree.
Entry level personnel are interactively supported in a solution-
oriented way.
First commissioning is guided by a wizard which makes all the
basic settings in the drive. Therefore, getting a motor up and
running is merely a question of setting a few parameters as part
of the drive configuration process. The travel commands can be
simply entered via the control panel from the PC.
The individual settings can be made using the graphic parame-
terizing screen forms, which precisely visualize the drive mode
of operation.
Examples of individual settings that can be made include:
Terminals
Bus interface
BICO interconnections
Diagnostics
Experts can quickly access all of the parameters via the
Expert List and do not have to navigate through dialogs.
In addition, the following functions are available for optimization
purposes:
Trace to precisely trace signals
Diagnostic functions provide information about:
Control/status words
Parameter status
Operating conditions
Communication states
Performance features
Easy to use: Only a small number of settings need to be made
for successful first commissioning: the motor turns
Solution-based user navigation simplifies commissioning
The built-in trace function provides optimum support during
commissioning, optimization and troubleshooting
Minimum hardware and software requirements
Hardware
- PG or PC with Pentium III 1 GHz (recommended: > 1 GHz)
- 1 GB RAM (recommended: 2 GB RAM)
- Screen resolution 1 024 768 pixels, 16 bits color depth
- Free hard disk memory: 3 GB
Software
- Microsoft Internet Explorer V6.0 or higher
- 32 bits operating systems:
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 SP2
Microsoft Windows Server 2008
Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP3
Microsoft Windows 7 Professional SP1
Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate SP1
Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise SP1 (Standard installation)
- 64 bits operating systems:
Microsoft Windows 7 Professional SP1
Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate SP1
Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise SP1 (Standard installation)
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2
Integration
Communication between the Control Unit of the drive and the
programming device (PG) or PC can be established via a serial
interface, via PROFIBUS or PROFINET.
Option L91 "Commissioning interface cabinet door access"
allows commissioning and diagnostics to be especially simply
and reliably performed. With this option, the PROFIBUS interface
is integrated in the cabinet door. This means that when the
cabinet door is closed, a PROFIBUS connection can be estab-
lished with the PG directly at the drive cabinet. A PROFIBUS
communication module and a connecting cable for the PC are
required to establish communication between a PG/PC and a
CUD (for ordering data, refer to accessories).
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Tools and engineering
STARTER commissioning tool
6/5
Siemens D 23.2 2013
6
Selection and ordering data
SINAMICS DC MASTER can be configured with STARTER
version 4.1 and higher with Service Pack 5, Hotfix 1.
The actual STARTER version as well as updates can be
downloaded from the Internet under
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/
10804985/133100,
and is provided in the product DVD supplied with each unit.
Accessories
Connection
Depending on the version of the Control Unit, the Control Unit
(CU) of the drive unit can communicate with the programming
device (PG) or PC via a serial interface, PROFIBUS, or Ethernet/
PROFINET. Accessories can be ordered for the relevant drive
system as shown in the table below.
Order No.
STARTER commissioning tool for
SINAMICS and MICROMASTER
German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish
6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0
Order No.
PROFIBUS communications module
CP 5711
USB adapter for connecting a PG or
notebook to PROFIBUS or MPI
USB cable (2 m) included in scope
of delivery
6GK1571-1AA00
SIMATIC DP plug-in cable
12 MBaud, for PG connector,
pre-assembled with
2 9-pin Sub-D connector, 3 m
6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Tools and engineering
Drive Control Chart (DCC)
6/6
Siemens D 23.2 2013
6
Overview
Graphically configuring and expanding the device functionality
using the freely available closed-loop control, arithmetic, and
logic blocks
Drive Control Chart (DCC) extends the possibility of very simply
configuring technological functions both for the SIMOTION
motion control system as well as for the SINAMICS DC MASTER
drive system. For users, this opens up a new dimension regard-
ing the adaptability of the systems mentioned to the specific
functions of their machines. DCC has no restrictions with regard
to the number of usable functions; this is only limited by the
performance capability of the target platform.
The user-friendly DCC editor enables easy graphics-based
configuration, allows control loop structures to be clearly repre-
sented and provides a high degree of reusability of diagrams
that have already been created.
The open-loop and closed-loop control functions are defined by
using multi-instance-capable blocks (Drive Control Blocks
(DCBs)) from a pre-defined library (DCB library) that are se-
lected and graphically linked with one another by dragging and
dropping. Test and diagnostic functions allow the program
behavior to be verified and in the case of a fault, the cause
identified.
The block library encompasses a large selection of closed-loop,
arithmetic and logic blocks, as well as comprehensive open-
loop and closed-loop control functions.
For logically combining, evaluating and acquiring binary sig-
nals, all commonly used logic functions are available for selec-
tion (AND, XOR, on/off delay, RS flipflop, counter, etc.). A wide
range of arithmetic functions, such as absolute value generation,
dividers and minimum/maximum evaluation are available to
monitor and evaluate numerical quantities. In addition to the
closed-loop drive control, axial winder functions, closed-loop
PI controllers, ramp-function generators or wobble generators
can be configured simply and easily.
Closed-loop control structures can be programmed with almost
no restrictions in conjunction with the SIMOTION motion control
system. These can then be combined with other program
sections to form an overall program.
Further, Drive Control Chart for SINAMICS DC MASTER provides
a user-friendly basis to handle drive-related open-loop and
closed-loop control tasks directly in the converter. This further
extends the possibility of adapting SINAMICS to the particular
application. Local data processing in the drive supports the
implementation of modular machine concepts and results in
an increase in the overall machine performance.
Minimum hardware and software requirements
See the SCOUT or STARTER engineering software, since DCC is
installed in addition to this.
Selection and ordering data
DCC comprises the graphic configuring tool (DCC Editor) and
the block library (DCB Library).
DCC is installed in addition to the STARTER commissioning tool.
The necessary engineering license for each PC (floating) for
DCC is acquired at the same time the order is placed; additional
run time licenses are not required.
Existing licenses of the DCC versions V2.1 can also be used for
DCC V2.2 SP1.
An upgrade variant for the engineering license can be selected
for existing DCC versions V2.0.
Order No.
DCC-SIMOTION/-SINAMICS V2.2 SP1
for SCOUT/STARTER V4.3 SP1
Graphic configuring with
Drive Control Chart
DCC editor + DCB libraries for use on
SIMOTION and
SINAMICS S120/S150/G130/G150/DCM
Single-user engineering license,
with data carrier
Upgrade engineering license,
with data carrier
6AU1810-1JA22-1XA0
6AU1810-1JA22-1XE0
DCC-SINAMICS V2.2 SP1
for STARTER V4.3 SP1
Graphic configuring with
Drive Control Chart
DCC editor + DCB libraries for use on
SINAMICS S120/S150/G130/G150/DCM
Single-user engineering license,
with data carrier
Upgrade engineering license,
with data carrier
6AU1810-1HA22-1XA0
6AU1810-1HA22-1XE0
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Tools and engineering
Drive ES engineering software
6/7
Siemens D 23.2 2013
6
Overview
Drive ES is the engineering system used to integrate Siemens
drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world easily,
efficiently and cost-effectively in terms of communication,
configuration and data management.
It is based on the operator interface of the STEP 7 Manager, the
essential element when it comes to engineering.
Various software packages are available for selection:
Drive ES Basic
Drive ES SIMATIC
Drive ES PCS 7
Application
The Drive ES (Drive Engineering Software) engineering software
fully integrates drives from Siemens into the world of Totally
Integrated Automation.
The table provides a general overview of the Drive ES software
packages available for each drive.
Design
Various software packages are available for selection:
Drive ES Basic
Drive ES SIMATIC
Drive ES PCS 7
Drive ES Basic
Drive ES Basic is for first-time users of the world of Totally
Integrated Automation and the basic software for setting the
parameters of all drives online and offline in this environment.
Drive ES Basic enables both the automation system and the
drives to be handled using the SIMATIC Manager software. Drive
ES Basic is the starting point for common data archiving for com-
plete projects and for extending the use of the SIMATIC tele-
service to drives. Drive ES Basic provides the configuration tools
for the new Motion Control functions slave-to-slave communi-
cation, equidistance and isochronous operation with
PROFIBUS DP and ensures that drives with PROFINET IO are
simply integrated into the SIMATIC environment.
Drive ES SIMATIC
Drive ES SIMATIC is used for simple parameterization of STEP 7
communication and eliminates time-consuming programming.
It requires STEP 7 to be installed. It features a SIMATIC function
block library, thereby making the programming of the PROFIBUS
and/or PROFINET IO interface in the SIMATIC CPU for the drives
easy and secure.
There is no need for separate, time-consuming programming of
the data exchange between the SIMATIC CPU and the drive.
All Drive ES users need to remember is:
Copy Modify Load Finished.
Customized, fully-developed function blocks are copied
from the library into user-specific projects.
Frequently used functions are set to run in program format:
Read out complete diagnostics buffer automatically from
the drive
Download complete parameter set automatically from the
SIMATIC CPU to the drive, e.g. when a device has to be
replaced
Automatically download partial parameter sets (e.g. for recipe
or product change) from the SIMATIC CPU to the drive
Upload the complete parameter assignment or partial param-
eter sets from the drive to the SIMATIC CPU, i.e. update.
Drive Drive ES
Basic
V5.4 and
higher
Drive ES
SIMATIC
V5.4 and
higher
Drive ES
PCS 7
V6.0 and
higher
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
SIMOREG DC MASTER
SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS
SIMODRIVE POSMO A/SI/CD/CA
MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER/
COMBIMASTER
Third generation

MICROMASTER 4
Fourth generation

SINAMICS S110
SINAMICS S120
1)
SINAMICS S150
1)
SINAMICS G120
1)
SINAMICS G120D
1)
SINAMICS G130
1)
SINAMICS G150
1)
SINAMICS GL150
1)
SINAMICS GM150
1)
SINAMICS SM150
1)
SINAMICS DC MASTER
2)

3)
On
request
Configuration / Commissioning SIMATIC Programs
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
2
7
5
Drive ES Basic
Drive ES SIMATIC
Drive ES PCS 7
1)
Drive ES PCS 7 V6.0 SP2 and higher.
2)
Drive ES Basic V5.4 SP5 and higher.
3)
Drive ES SIMATIC V5.4 SP3 and higher.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Tools and engineering
Drive ES engineering software
6/8
Siemens D 23.2 2013
6
Design (continued)
Detailed contents of the Drive ES SIMATIC package
"PROFIBUS DP" communications software for
SIMATIC S7-300 with CPUs with integrated DP interface
(function block libraries DRVDPS7, POSMO), SIMATIC S7-400
with CPUs with integrated DP interface or with CP 443-5
(DRVDPS7, POSMO function block libraries) and
SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 342-5 (DRVDPS7C function block
library)
"USS protocol" communications software for
SIMATIC S7-300 with integral PtP interfaces or with
CP 340/341 and SIMATIC S7-400 with CP 441
(DRVUSSS7 function block library)
STEP 7 slave object manager for easy configuration of drives
and non-cyclic PROFIBUS DP communication with the drives
STEP 7 device object manager for easy configuration of
drives with PROFINET IO interfaces (V5.4 and higher)
SETUP program for installing the software in the STEP 7
environment
"PROFINET IO" communications software for
SIMATIC S7-300 with CPUs with integral PN interface,
SIMATIC S7-400 with CPUs with integral PN interface or with
CP (DRVDPS7 function block library, respectively).
PROFINET IO and PROFIBUS DP use the same blocks from
the DRVDPS7 library, i.e. the blocks are able to serve both
buses with a common block (only for V5.4 and higher)
Drive ES PCS 7
Drive ES PCS 7 links the drives with a PROFIBUS DP interface
into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, and it requires
that SIMATIC PCS 7, V6.1 or higher has first been installed.
Drive ES PCS 7 provides a function block library with function
blocks for the drives and the corresponding faceplates for the
operator station which enables the drives to be operated from
the PCS 7 process control system. From version V6.1 and
higher, drives will also be able to be represented in the PCS 7
Maintenance Station.
Detailed contents of the Drive ES PCS 7 package
Function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Faceplates and
control blocks for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES VC and MC, as
well as MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER of the third and fourth
generation and SIMOREG DC MASTER and SINAMICS
STEP 7 slave object manager for convenient configuration of
drives and non-cyclic PROFIBUS DP communication with the
drives
SETUP program for installing the software in the PCS 7
environment
Selection and ordering data
Description Order No.
Drive ES Basic V5.5 SPx
1)
Configuration software for the integration
of drives into TIA
(Totally Integrated Automation)
Precondition: STEP 7 from V5.3, SP3 and
higher
Supplied as: DVD
Languages: Eng, Fr, Ger, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
Floating license, 1 user 6SW1700-5JA00-5AA0
Floating license (copy license),
60 users
6SW1700-5JA00-5AA1
Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JA00-0AB2
Update service for copy license,
60 users
6SW1700-0JA00-1AB2
Upgrade from V5.x to V5.5 SPx
1)
6SW1700-5JA00-5AA4
Drive ES SIMATIC V5.5 SPx
1)
Function block library for SIMATIC for the
parameterization of communication with
the drives
Precondition: STEP 7 from V5.3, SP3
and higher
Supplied as: CD-ROM
Languages: Eng, Fr, Ger, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
Single-user license incl.
1 runtime license
6SW1700-5JC00-5AA0
Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JC00-1AC0
Upgrade from V5.x to V5.5 SPx
1)
6SW1700-5JC00-5AA4
Drive ES PCS 7 V6.1 SPx
1)
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives
Precondition: PCS 7 V6.1 and higher
Supplied as: CD-ROM
Languages: Eng, Fr, Ger, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
Single-user license incl.
1 runtime license
6SW1700-6JD00-1AA0
Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
Drive ES PCS 7 V7.0 SPx
1)
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives
Precondition: PCS 7 V7.0 and higher
Supplied as: CD-ROM
Languages: Eng, Fr, Ger, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
Single-user license incl.
1 runtime license
6SW1700-7JD00-0AA0
Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
Upgrade from V5.x to V7.0 SPx
1)
6SW1700-7JD00-0AA4
Drive ES PCS 7 V7.1 SPx
1)
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives
Precondition: PCS 7 V7.1 and higher
Supplied as: CD-ROM
Languages: Eng, Fr, Ger, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
Single-user license incl.
1 runtime license
6SW1700-7JD00-1AA0
Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
Upgrade from V6.x to V7.1 SPx
1)
6SW1700-7JD00-1AA4
1)
Orders are always automatically supplied with the latest SP.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Tools and engineering
Drive ES engineering software
6/9
Siemens D 23.2 2013
6
Selection and ordering data (continued) Options
Drive ES software update service
A software update service can also be purchased for the Drive
ES software. The user will automatically receive the latest soft-
ware, service packs and full versions for one year after ordering.
The update service can only be ordered in addition to an existing
(i.e. previously ordered) full version.
Period of update service: 1 year
The update service is automatically extended by 1 further year
unless canceled up to 6 weeks prior to expiration.
More information
More information is available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/drivesolutions
Description Order No.
Drive ES PCS 7 V8.0 SPx
1)
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives in Classic Style
(as predecessor)
Precondition: PCS 7 V8.0 and higher
Supplied as: CD-ROM
Languages: Eng, Fr, Ger, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
Single-user license incl.
1 runtime license
6SW1700-8JD00-0AA0
Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
Upgrade from V6.x to V8.0 SPx
1)
6SW1700-8JD00-0AA4
Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.0 SPx
1)
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives in APL Style
Precondition: PCS 7 V8.0 and higher
Supplied as: CD-ROM
Languages: Eng, Fr, Ger, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
Single-user license incl.
1 runtime license
6SW1700-8JD01-0AA0
Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
Description Order No.
Drive ES Basic
Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JA00-0AB2
Update service for copy license 6SW1700-0JA00-1AB2
Drive ES PCS 7
Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
1)
Orders are always automatically supplied with the latest SP.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Tools and engineering
Notes
6/10
Siemens D 23.2 2013
6
Siemens AG 2013
Siemens D 23.2 2013
7
7/2 SINAMICS DCM demonstration case
7/2 Overview
7/2 Application
7/2 Function
7/2 Technical specifications
7/2 Selection and ordering data
7/3 Industry Services
7/3 Your machines and plant can do more
with Industry Services
7/4 Industry Services for the entire life cycle
7/4 Online Support
7/4 Technical Support
7/5 Spare Parts
7/5 Repair Services
7/5 Field Services
7/6 Training
7/6 Technical Consulting & Engineering
Support
7/6 Energy & Environmental Services
7/7 Modernization & Optimization Services
7/7 Plant Maintenance & Condition
Monitoring
7/7 Service Contracts
7/8 Training
7/8 Overview
7/8 Faster and more applicable know-how:
Hands-on training from the
manufacturer
7/8 Highlights Siemens Industry Training
7/9 Range of training courses
7/9 Overview
7/9 SINAMICS DCM Service and
commissioning
7/9 SINAMICS DCM Upgrade for
SIMOREG experts
7/10 SINAMICS DCM Servicing
7/10 SIMOREG DC-MASTER Servicing
Services
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Services
SINAMICS DCM demonstration case
7/2
Siemens D 23.2 2013
7
Overview

Demonstration case, opened
The SINAMICS DC MASTER demonstration model is installed
ready to be connected-up in a rugged transport case and is
immediately ready for operation. It comprises a DC converter
480 V 3 AC, 30 A DC, a 0.55 kW DC motor as well as numerous
options and accessories. The case has two integrated transport
wheels and a hinged handle.
Scope of delivery
The following main components are included in the
SINAMICS DC MASTER demonstration case, including all
of the required wiring, connection and signal cables:
DC converter 6RA8018-6FV62-0AA0-Z;
Z=G00+G10+G20+S01+L05
G00 = Advanced CUD left
G10 = Standard CUD right
G20 = Communication Board CBE20 left
S01 = memory card left
L05 = electronics power supply for connection to 24 V DC
Option L05 permits operation on a three-phase line supply or a
single-phase line supply, e.g. 230 V. Presentations or training
courses can be carried out locally without requiring a three-
phase supply; for instance in hotels or office buildings.
Terminal Module TM31
Terminal Module TM15
Advanced Operator Panel AOP30
Radio interference suppression filter
Three-phase commutating reactor for the armature circuit
Single-phase commutating reactor for the field circuit
DC motor 0.55 kW, 1 750 rpm
Pulse encoder OG 60 DN 2040 CI
Analog tachometer GT 5.05 L/410, U
o
= 10 V/1 000 rpm
Commissioning box for SINAMICS DC MASTER to control
analog and digital inputs and outputs
Free function blocks and Drive Control Chart can be used
without any restrictions.
The demonstration case is also available without integrated DC
motor to operate an externally mounted DC motor. (The rated
converter data must be observed.)
Application
Demonstrating DC drives to customers
Training Siemens employees and customers
Test configurations
An automation group using a SIMATIC demonstration case
together with one or several SINAMICS DC MASTER
demonstration cases can be implemented.
Function
Operator control
The converter can be operated from:
the commissioning box, which is connected to the terminals of
the unit or the TM15 and TM31,
the AOP30 operator panel
the PROFIBUS interface
the PROFINET interface
A description is provided with the demonstration case. This
clearly shows the principle operator panel design and the
possible functions of the operator controls.
To use the STARTER commissioning tool, users require a
programming device or PC. The system requirements are
described in Chapter STARTER.
Technical specifications

Selection and ordering data

The demonstration case with integrated DC motor is also
available for rental.
Please contact your regional Siemens sales person.
SINAMICS DCM demonstration case
Line connection
Supply voltage 110 480 V 3 AC
(+15 %/-20 %)
or
110 480 V 1 AC
(+15 %)
Rated frequency 45 65 Hz
Connecting cables with 16 A Cecon connector
(5UR5076 3), length approx. 4 m
and a 0.7 m long adapter cable
with Cecon outlet and connector
with ground connection
Line connection fusing required 16 A
Dimensions and weights
Width Approx. 680 mm
Height Approx. 700 mm
Depth Approx. 430 mm
With integrated DC motor Approx. 70 kg
Weight without motor Approx. 55 kg
SINAMICS DCM demonstration case
Description Order No.
With integrated DC motor 6RX1800-0SM05
Without motor 6RX1800-0SV05
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Services
Industry Services
7/3
Siemens D 23.2 2013
7
Your machines and plant can do more
with Industry Services.
Whether it is production or process industry in view of rising
cost pressure, growing energy costs, and increasingly stringent
environmental regulations, services for industry are a crucial
competitive factor in manufacturing as well as in process
industries.
All over the world Siemens supports its customers with product,
system, and application-related services throughout the entire
life cycle of a plant. Right from the earliest stages of planning,
engineering, and building, all the way to operation and modern-
ization. These services enable customers to benefit from the
Siemens experts unique technological and product knowledge
and industry expertise.
Thus downtimes are reduced and the utilization of resources is
optimized. The bottom line: increased plant productivity,
flexibility, and efficiency, plus reduced overall costs.
Discover all advantages of our service portfolio:
www.siemens.com/industry-services
Siemens supports its clients with technology based Services across a plants entire life cycle.
G_DA65_EN_00270

Online Support
Technical Support
Spare Parts
Repair Services
Field Services
Training Modernzalon &
Cplmzalon Servces
Enerqy &
Envronmenlal Servces
Techncal Consullnq &
Enqneernq Supporl
Modernzalon & Cplmzalon Servces
Enerqy & Envronmenlal
Servce
Planl Manlenance &
Condlon Monlornq
Enerqy &
Envronmenlal Servces
Techncal Consullnq &
Enqneernq Supporl
Enerqy &
Envronmenlal Servces
Techncal Consullnq &
Enqneernq Supporl
Engineer
& Build
Operation
Modernization
Planning
Planning
Modernization
Operation
Engineer
& Build
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Services
Industry Services
for the entire life cycle
7/4
Siemens D 23.2 2013
7
Online Support
Online support is a comprehensive information system for all
questions relating to products, systems, and solutions that
Siemens has developed for industry over time. With more than
300,000 documents, examples and tools, it offers users of auto-
mation and drive technology a way to quickly find up-to-date
information. The 24-hour service enables direct, central access
to detailed product information as well as numerous solution
examples for programming, configuration and application.
The content, in six languages, is increasingly multimediabased
and now also available as a mobile app. Online supports
"Technical Forum" offers users the opportunity to share informa-
tion with each other. The "Support Request" option can be used
to contact Siemens technical support experts. The latest con-
tent, software updates, and news via newsletters and Twitter
ensure that industry users are always up to date.
www.siemens.com/industry/onlinesupport
Online Support App
Using the Online Support app, you can access over 300,000
documents covering all Siemens industrial products anywhere,
any time. Regardless of whether you need help implementing
your project, fault-finding, expanding your system or are
planning a new machine.
You have access to FAQs, manuals, certificates, characteristics
curves, application examples, product notices (e.g. announce-
ments of new products) and information on successor products
in the event that a product is discontinued.
Just scan the product code printed on the product directly using
the camera of your mobile device to immediately see all techni-
cal information available on this product at a glance. The graph-
ical CAx information (3D model, circuit diagrams or EPLAN
macros) is also displayed. You can forward this information to
your workplace using the e-mail function.
The search function retrieves product information and articles
and supports you with a personalized suggestion list. You can
find your favorite pages articles you need frequently under
"mySupport". You also receive selected news on new functions,
important articles or events in the News section.
The app is available free of charge from the Apple App Store
(iOS) or from Google Play (Android).
www.siemens.com/industry/onlinesupportapp
Technical Support
The ability to quickly analyze system and error messages and
take appropriate action are key factors in ensuring that plants
run safely and efficiently. Questions can arise at any time and in
any industry, whether its an individual product or a complete
automation solution. Siemens technical support offers individual
technical assistance in matters related to functionality, how to
operate, applications, and fault clearance in industrial products
and systems at any time and globally, over the phone, by e-
mail, or via remote access. Experienced experts from Siemens
answer incoming questions promptly. Depending on the require-
ments, they first consult specialists in the areas of development,
on-site services, and sales. Technical support is also available
for discontinued products that are no longer available. Using the
support request number, any inquiry can be clearly identified
and systematically tracked.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/16605032
Scan the QR code
for information on
our Online Support
app.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Services
Industry Services
for the entire life cycle
7/5
Siemens D 23.2 2013
7
Spare Parts
Drive and automation systems must be available at all times.
Even a single missing spare part can bring the entire plant to a
standstill and result in substantial financial losses for the oper-
ator. The spare parts services from Siemens protects against
such losses with the aid of quickly available, original spare
parts that ensure smooth interaction with all other system com-
ponents. Spare parts are kept on hand for up to ten years; de-
fective parts can be returned. For many products and solutions,
individual spare parts packages ensure a preventive stock of
spare parts on-site. The spare parts services is available around
the world and around the clock. Optimum supply chain logistics
ensure that replacement components reach their destination as
quickly as possible. Siemens logistics experts take care of plan-
ning and management as well as procurement, transportation,
customs handling, warehousing, and complete order manage-
ment for spare parts.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/43502238
Repair Services
Reliable electrical and electronic equipment is crucial for oper-
ating continuous processes. That is why it is essential that
motors and converters always undergo highly specialized repair
and maintenance. Siemens offers complete customer and repair
services on site and in repair centers as well as technical
emergency services worldwide. The repair services include all
measures necessary to quickly restore the functionality of defec-
tive units. In addition, services such as spare parts logistics,
spare parts storage and rapid manufacturing are available to
plant operators in all verticals. With a global network of certified
repair shops operated by Siemens as well as third parties,
Siemens handles the maintenance and overhaul of motors,
converters, and other devices as an authorized service partner.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/43512848
Field Services
Its a top priority in all industries: the availability of plants and
equipment. Siemens offers specialized maintenance services
such as inspection and upkeep as well as rapid fault clearance
in industrial plants worldwide, continuously, and even with
emergency services as needed. The services include startup as
well as maintenance and fault clearance during operation. The
startup service includes checking the installation, function tests,
parameterization, integration tests for machines and plants, trial
operation, final acceptance, and employee training. All services,
including remote maintenance of drives, are also available as
elements of customized service contracts.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/66012486
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Services
Industry Services
for the entire life cycle
7/6
Siemens D 23.2 2013
7
Training
Increasingly, up-to-date knowledge is becoming a determining
factor in success. One of the key resources of any company is
well-trained staff that can make the right decision at the right
moment and take full advantage of the potential. With SITRAIN
Training for Industry, Siemens offers comprehensive advanced
training programs. The technical training courses convey exper-
tise and practical knowledge directly from the manufacturer.
SITRAIN covers Siemens entire product and system portfolio in
the field of automation and drives. Together with the customer,
Siemens determines the companys individual training needs
and then develops an advanced training program tailored to the
desired requirements. Additional services guarantee that the
knowledge of all Siemens partners and their employees is al-
ways up-to-date.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/43514324
Technical Consulting & Engineering Support
The efficiency of plants and processes leads to sustainable
economic success. Individual services from Siemens help save
substantial time and money while also guaranteeing maximum
safety. Technical consulting covers the selection of products and
systems for efficient industrial plants. The services include plan-
ning, consulting, and conceptual design as well as product
training, application support, and configuration verification in
all phases of a plants lifecycle and in all questions related to
product safety. Engineering support offers competent assis-
tance throughout the entire project, from developing a precise
structure for startup to product-specific preparation for imple-
mentation as well as support services in areas such as prototype
development, testing and acceptance.
Energy & Environmental Services
Efficient energy use and resource conservation these top sus-
tainability concerns pay off both for the environment and for
companies. Siemens offers integrated solutions that unlock all
technical and organizational potential for successful environ-
mental management. Customized consulting services are aimed
at sustainably lowering the cost of energy and environmental
protection and thus increasing plant efficiency and availability.
The experts provide support in the conceptual design and
implementation of systematic solutions in energy and environ-
mental management, enabling maximum energy efficiency and
optimized water consumption throughout the entire company.
Improved data transparency makes it possible to identify
savings potential, reduce emissions, optimize production
processes, and thereby noticeably cut costs.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/42350774
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Services
Industry Services
for the entire life cycle
7/7
Siemens D 23.2 2013
7
Modernization & Optimization Services
High machine availability, expanded functionality and selective
energy savings in all industries, these are decisive factors for
increasing productivity and lowering costs. Whether a company
wants to modernize individual machines, optimize drive sys-
tems, or upgrade entire plants, Siemens experts support the
projects from planning to commissioning.
Expert consulting and project management with solution respon-
sibility lead to security and make it possible to specifically iden-
tify savings potential in production. This secures investments
over the long term and increases economic efficiency in opera-
tion.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/66005532
Plant Maintenance & Condition Monitoring
Modern industrial plants are complex and highly automated.
They must operate efficiently in order to ensure the companys
competitive strength. In addition, the steadily increasing net-
working of machines and plants require consistent security con-
cepts. Maintenance and status monitoring as well as the imple-
mentation of integrated security concepts by Siemens experts
support optimum plant use and avoid downtime. The services in-
clude maintenance management as well as consulting on main-
tenance concepts, including the complete handling and execu-
tion of the necessary measures. Complete solutions also cover
remote services, including analysis, remote diagnosis, and
remote monitoring. These are based on the Siemens Remote
Services platform with certified IT security.
Service Contracts
Making maintenance costs calculable, reducing interfaces,
speeding up response times, and unburdening the companys
resources the reduced downtimes that these measures
achieve increase the productivity of a plant. Service contracts
from Siemens make maintenance and repairs more cost-effec-
tive and efficient. The service packages include local and re-
mote maintenance for a system or product group in automation
and drive technology. Whether you need extended service peri-
ods, defined response times, or special maintenance intervals,
the services are compiled individually and according to need.
They can be adjusted flexibly at any time and used indepen-
dently of each other. The expertise of Siemens specialists and
the capabilities of remote maintenance thus ensure reliable and
fast maintenance processes throughout a plants entire lifecycle.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/65961857
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Services
Training
7/8
Siemens D 23.2 2013
7
Overview
Faster and more applicable know-how:
Hands-on training from the manufacturer
Siemens Industry Training provides you with comprehensive
support in solving your tasks.
Training by the market leader in the industry enables you to
make independent decisions with confidence. Especially where
the optimum and efficient use of products and plants are con-
cerned. You can eliminate deficiencies in existing plants, and
exclude expensive faulty planning right from the beginning.
First-class know-how directly pays for itself: In shorter startup
times, high-quality end products, faster troubleshooting and
reduced downtimes. In other words, increased profits and lower
costs.
Achieve more with Siemens Industry Training
Shorter times for startup, maintenance and servicing
Optimized production operations
Reliable configuration and startup
Minimization of plant downtimes
Flexible plant adaptation to market requirements
Compliance with quality standards in production
Increased employee satisfaction and motivation
Shorter familiarization times following changes in technology
and staff
Contact
Visit our site on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally.
Siemens Industry Training
Customer Support Germany:
Phone: +49 (911) 895-7575
Fax: +49 (911) 895-7576
E-Mail: info@sitrain.com
Highlights Siemens Industry Training
Top trainers
Our trainers are skilled teachers with direct practical experience.
Course developers have close contact with product develop-
ment, and directly pass on their knowledge to the trainers.
Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers enables them to teach
theory effectively. But since theory can be pretty drab, we attach
great importance to practical exercises which can comprise up to
half of of the course time. You can therefore immediately imple-
ment your new knowledge in practice. We train you on state-of-
the-art methodically/didactically designed training equipment.
This training approach will give you all the confidence you need.
Wide variety
With a total of about 300 local attendance courses, we train the
complete range of Siemens Industry products as well as inter-
action of the products in systems.
Tailor-made training
We are only a short distance away. You can find us at more
than 50 locations in Germany, and in 62 countries worldwide.
You wish to have individual training instead of one of our
300 courses? Our solution: We will provide a program tailored
exactly to your personal requirements. Training can be carried
out in our Training Centers or at your company.
The right mixture: Blended learning
"Blended learning" is a combination of various training media
and sequences. For example, a local attendance course in a
Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a teach-your-
self program as preparation or follow-up. Additional effect:
Reduced traveling costs and periods of absence.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Services
Training Range of training courses
7/9
Siemens D 23.2 2013
7
Overview
SINAMICS DCM Service and commissioning
Description/learning objective
This training course explains how you adapt the parameter set-
tings of the converter to the application and the DC motor. You
expand your theoretical knowledge in the form of exercises car-
ried out on special training equipment. After participating in the
course, you know the functions of a converter and the interfaces.
You are in a position to safely and quickly commission the unit.
Through routine fault diagnostics and troubleshooting, you save
time and optimize the availability of your plant or system.
Target group
Commissioning engineers, project engineers, service personnel
Preconditions
Basic knowledge of electrical engineering
Content
Design and function of the SINAMICS DC MASTER converter:
Control module CUD, power section, field circuit, interfaces
Commissioning and parameterizing using the BOP20 and
AOP30 operator panels and the STARTER PC program
Using the memory card: Structure and data backup
Procedure when commissioning, checking functions
Optimizing the closed-loop current and speed control,
automatic optimization
Function diagrams: Setpoint channel, inputs and outputs, free
function blocks
Information on Drive Control Chart DCC
Drive interface to PROFIBUS / PROFINET
Expanding the system using Terminal Modules and Sensor
Modules via DRIVE-CLiQ
Parallel connection and peer-to-peer coupling
Operating states, alarms and fault messages
Service functions: Trace, measuring functions, diagnostics
memory
Practical exercises using AOP30 and STARTER on training
equipment

SINAMICS DCM Upgrade for SIMOREG experts
Description/learning objective
You already have good know-how on the previous
SIMOREG DC-MASTER unit. This training course explains how
you adapt the parameter settings of the SINAMICS DC MASTER
to the application and the motor. You expand your theoretical
knowledge in the form of exercises carried out on special train-
ing equipment. After participating in the course, you know the
functions of a converter and the interfaces. You are in a position
to safely and quickly commission the unit. Through routine fault
diagnostics and troubleshooting, you save time and optimize the
availability of your plant or system.
Target group
Commissioning engineers, project engineers, service personnel
Preconditions
Good knowledge about SIMOREG 6RA70
Content
Design of the SINAMICS DC MASTER converter: Control
module CUD, power section, field circuit, interfaces
Commissioning and parameterizing using the BOP20 and
AOP30 operator panels and the STARTER PC program
Using the memory card: Structure and data backup
Function diagrams: Setpoint channel, inputs and outputs, free
function blocks
Information on Drive Control Chart DCC
Drive interface to PROFIBUS / PROFINET
Expanding the system using Terminal Modules and Sensor
Modules via DRIVE-CLiQ
Parallel connection and peer-to-peer coupling
Operating states, alarms and fault messages
Service functions: Trace, measuring functions, diagnostics
memory
Practical exercises using AOP30 and STARTER on training
equipment

Duration 5 days Order code: DR-DCM-SI Duration 3 days Order code: DR-DCM-U
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Services
Training Range of training courses
7/10
Siemens D 23.2 2013
7
Overview (continued)
SINAMICS DCM Servicing
Description/learning objective
Unplanned stoppages of production machines can cost a lot of
money.
In this course you will learn the proper way to handle the
SINAMICS DC MASTER DC converter. You will be able to adapt
the parameter assignment and carry out data backups for
modifications to the system. In the event of failures you will be in
a better position to analyze the faults and to clear them more
quickly. That will save time and money.
Target group
Service personnel, maintenance personnel
Preconditions
Basic knowledge of electrical engineering
Content
Structure and function of the SINAMICS DC MASTER
converter
Changing parameters, backing up data and performing
diagnostics with:
- BOP20 and AOP30 operator panels
- STARTER PC program
Using the memory card
Establishing the signal flow using function charts:
- Setpoint channel
- Inputs and outputs
- Interfaces to fieldbuses
Checking the operating state and enable signals
Test mode with STARTER:
- Operation with the control panel
- Recording of signals using the trace function
- Triggering for faults and bit patterns
Use of the trend recorder function for long-term recording
Analysis of alarms and fault messages
Read-out of the diagnostic memory
Thyristor diagnostics service function
Replacement of Control Unit, fan and fuses
Information on servicing DC motors
Practical exercises on training equipment with
SINAMICS DC MASTER
Note:
The replacement of components is communicated in
accordance with the operating instructions and the purchasable
spare parts. If required, complete repairs of the converter can be
performed by Siemens Customer Support.

SIMOREG DC-MASTER Servicing
Description/learning objective
As a maintenance engineer you learn to quickly detect and loca-
lize faults in SIMOREG DC-MASTER DC drives, to understan-
ding the principles of operation and function of a drive control in
order to select the best measures for fault rectification and to
rectify simple faults. You achieve the ability to check the faultless
operation of the drive.
Target group
Maintenance personnel
Preconditions
Basic knowledge of electrical engineering
Content
Principle of operation, structure and function of DC motors:
DC shunt motor
Thyristor power controller
Binector configuration
Software structure, control and regulation
Troubleshooting:
Faults due to overloading
Faults in the drive control
Interpretation of device internal fault messages
Localize faults with a diagnostics tool (DriveMonitor)
Measures for motor replacement
Procedure for the exchange of a processor and printed circuit
boards
Check correct functioning
Compiling and evaluating fault information
Preventative measures against future failures:
Cause analysis, possible preventative measures

Duration 5 days Order code: DR-DCM-IH Duration 5 days Order code: DR-DC70-IH
Siemens AG 2013
Siemens D 23.2 2013
8
8/2 Subject index
8/5 Order No. index
8/7 List of abreviations
8/8 Partners at Industry Automation and
Drive Technologies
8/9 Online Services
8/9 Information and Ordering in the Internet
and on DVD
8/9 Siemens Industry Automation and Drive
Technologies in the WWW
8/9 Product Selection Using the Interactive
Catalog CA 01 of Industry
8/9 Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall
8/10 Social Media, Mobile Media
8/10 Social Media
8/10 Mobile Media
8/12 Conditions of sale and delivery
8/12 1. General Provisions
8/12 2. Prices
8/12 3. Additional Terms and Conditions
8/12 4. Export regulations
Appendix
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Appendix
Subject index
8/2
Siemens D 23.2 2013
8
A
Actual speed..............................................................................................3/10
Ambient conditions....................................................................................3/14
Answers for industry. ...................................................................................0/3
AOP30..........................................................................................................3/9
Approvals...................................................................................................3/14
Appendix .....................................................................................................8/1
Order No. index.......................................................................................8/5
List of abreviations ..................................................................................8/7
Partners at Industry Automation and Drive Technologies .......................8/8
Online-Services Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on DVD......................................................................8/9
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies in the WWW......8/9
Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog CA 01 of Industry .......8/9
Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall .....................................................8/9
Social Media..........................................................................................8/10
Mobile Media.........................................................................................8/10
Conditions of sale and delivery.............................................................8/12
- 1. General Provisions..........................................................................8/12
- 2. Prices..............................................................................................8/12
- 3. Additional Terms and Conditions ...................................................8/12
- 4. Export regulations ..........................................................................8/12
Armature circuit .........................................................................................3/10
Armature circuit busbar .............................................................................3/15
Auto-reversing module ..............................................................................3/11
C
Communication between drive components.............................................3/12
Connectors ................................................................................................3/42
Content ........................................................................................................0/1
Control terminal strip....................................................................................3/9
Coolant temperature..................................................................................3/13
Current derating.........................................................................................3/13
Current controller .......................................................................................3/11
Current limiting...........................................................................................3/11
Customer-specific requirement..................................................................4/22
D
Dimensioning the units ................................................................................5/2
Dimensions ..................................................................................................3/2
Documentation...........................................................................................3/47
Drive Control Chart (DCC) ...........................................................................6/6
Drive ES .......................................................................................................6/7
DRIVE-CLiQ...............................................................................................3/12
DT Configurator selection tool .....................................................................6/3
Dynamic overload capability .......................................................................5/2
E
Electrical data............................................................................................3/14
EMC...........................................................................................................5/10
EMF controller............................................................................................3/12
Engineering information...............................................................................5/1
Dynamic overload capability...................................................................5/2
- Dimensioning the units for optimized load current...............................5/2
- Determining the dynamic overload capability......................................5/2
- Load classes ........................................................................................5/4
- Duty cycles for two-quadrant operation ...............................................5/6
- Duty cycles for four-quadrant operation...............................................5/7
Parallel connection and 12-pulse operation,
Supply of high inductances,
Protection against condensation.............................................................5/8
- Parallel connection and 12-pulse applications of
SINAMICS DC MASTER integrated in the drive cabinet.....................5/8
Supply of high inductances.....................................................................5/8
- SINAMICS DC MASTER to feed high inductances ..............................5/8
Protection against condensation.............................................................5/8
- Protection against condensation and cabinet anit-condensation
heating ...............................................................................................5/8
Characteristic values of the pulse tachometer evaluation electronics....5/9
- Incremental encoders, input pulse levels.............................................5/9
- Incremental encoders, maximum frequency that can be evaluated....5/9
- Incremental encoders, cable, cable length, shield support.................5/9
Notes for EMC-compliant drive installation ...........................................5/10
- Basic information about EMC.............................................................5/10
- EMC-compliant drive installation (installation instructions) ................5/12
Harmonics............................................................................................. 5/14
- Line-side harmonics produced by converter units in a
fully- controlled three-phase bridge circuit B6C and
(B6)A(B6)C ....................................................................................... 5/14
Engineering tools......................................................................................... 6/2
F
Fault current monitoring............................................................................. 3/15
Field circuit ................................................................................................ 3/12
Field current controller............................................................................... 3/12
Four-quadrant operation.............................................................. 3/8, 3/26, 5/7
Functions of the closed-loop control in the armature circuit ..................... 3/10
Functions of the closed-loop control in the field circuit ............................. 3/12
G
Gating unit ................................................................................................. 3/12
H
Highlights .................................................................................................... 2/1
Ready to connect up and switch on ....................................................... 2/2
Supply for motor fan................................................................................ 2/2
Flexibility for the auxiliary power supply ................................................. 2/2
EMC zone concept ................................................................................. 2/2
Individual components and customer interfaces that are
easy to access ........................................................................................ 2/3
Type tested.............................................................................................. 2/3
Documentation........................................................................................ 2/3
Special project-specific solutions ........................................................... 2/4
I
Industry Mall ................................................................................................ 0/8
Installation altitude..................................................................................... 3/13
Insulation monitoring ................................................................................. 3/15
Interference emission................................................................................ 5/10
Interference immunity................................................................................ 5/10
Introduction.................................................................................................. 1/1
The SINAMICS drive family..................................................................... 1/2
- Application ........................................................................................... 1/2
- Product variants ................................................................................... 1/2
- Platform concept and Totally Integrated Automation........................... 1/3
- Quality management according to DIN EN ISO 9001.......................... 1/3
- System properties ................................................................................ 1/4
- Application areas ................................................................................. 1/4
The members of the SINAMICS drive family........................................... 1/6
- SINAMICS DC converters .................................................................... 1/6
SINAMICS DCM DC Converter ......................................................... 1/6
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet................................................................... 1/6
- SINAMICS low-voltage converters....................................................... 1/7
SINAMICS G110................................................................................ 1/7
SINAMICS G120P ............................................................................. 1/7
SINAMICS G120................................................................................ 1/7
SINAMICS G110D............................................................................. 1/8
SINAMICS G120D............................................................................. 1/8
SINAMICS G130, SINAMICS G150................................................... 1/8
SINAMICS S110 ................................................................................ 1/9
SINAMICS S120 ................................................................................ 1/9
SINAMICS S150 ................................................................................ 1/9
- SINAMICS medium-voltage converters ............................................. 1/10
SINAMICS GM150........................................................................... 1/10
SINAMICS SM150 ........................................................................... 1/10
SINAMICS GL150............................................................................ 1/10
SINAMICS SL150 ............................................................................ 1/10
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet drive converter units..................................... 1/11
The system components of a DC drive cabinet.................................... 1/12
M
Mechanical data........................................................................................ 3/14
Mechanical stability................................................................................... 3/14
O
Operation................................................................................................... 3/14
Operator control and visualization............................................................... 3/9
Options ........................................................................................................ 4/1
General information................................................................................. 4/2
- Note...................................................................................................... 4/2
- Procedure when ordering..................................................................... 4/2
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Appendix
Subject index
8/3
Siemens D 23.2 2013
8
Available options .....................................................................................4/2
- Options-selection matrices...................................................................4/4
Ordering examples..................................................................................4/5
Description of the options .......................................................................4/6
- DC Converter........................................................................................4/6
Advanced CUD left............................................................................4/6
Standard CUD right ...........................................................................4/6
Advanced CUD right .........................................................................4/6
Communication Board CBE20 left .....................................................4/6
Communication Board CBE20 right ..................................................4/7
Without field power section ...............................................................4/7
Field power section 2Q......................................................................4/7
Unit fan for single-phase connection.................................................4/7
85 A field power section....................................................................4/7
Coated PCBs.....................................................................................4/7
Nickel-plated copper busbars...........................................................4/7
Memory card left................................................................................4/7
Memory card right .............................................................................4/7
- Other voltages, frequencies .................................................................4/7
Armature supply with extra low-voltage10 to 50 V ............................4/7
Electronics power supply, SINAMICS DC MASTER for
connection to 24 V DC.......................................................................4/8
24 V DC power supply SITOP ...........................................................4/8
24 V DC power supply from an external supply................................4/8
24 V DC power supply with SITOP UPS............................................4/8
Rated line frequency 60 Hz...............................................................4/8
Matching transformer for the field supply..........................................4/8
3 AC auxiliary voltage not available ..................................................4/8
3 AC auxiliary voltage not the same as the standard voltage...........4/8
- OFF functions .......................................................................................4/9
Interlocking option for infeed circuit breaker.....................................4/9
EMERGENCY OFF Category 0 for uncontrolled stopping
in accordance with EN 60204-1 ........................................................4/9
EMERGENCY STOP Category 1 for controlled stopping
in accordance with EN 60204-1 ........................................................4/9
Display instruments ...........................................................................4/9
Display instrument, "speed"...............................................................4/9
Display instrument, "armature voltage" ..............................................4/9
Display instrument, "armature current" ..............................................4/9
Display instrument, "line voltage excitation" ......................................4/9
Display instrument, "excitation current" .............................................4/9
Display instrument, "line voltage armature circuit" ............................4/9
Display instrument, "line current armature circuit" .............................4/9
Display instrument for line quantities with PROFIBUS interface,
installed in the cabinet door ..............................................................4/9
- Supplementary circuits.......................................................................4/10
24 V coil voltage of the coupling relay at the binary inputs.............4/10
Field reversal ...................................................................................4/10
Radio interference suppression filter...............................................4/10
Elimination of the three-phase commutating reactor.......................4/10
Cabinet lighting and service outlet..................................................4/10
Cabinet anti-condensation heating .................................................4/10
Input isolating amplifier, input: 0 to 20 mA......................................4/10
Input isolating amplifier, input: 4 to 20 mA......................................4/11
Input isolating amplifier, input: 0 to +10 V.......................................4/11
Input isolating amplifier, input: 20 to +20 mA................................4/11
Input isolating amplifier, input: 10 to +10 V...................................4/11
Motor holding brake ........................................................................4/11
Output isolating amplifier, output: 0 to 20 mA.................................4/11
Output isolating amplifier, output: 4 to 20 mA.................................4/11
Output isolating amplifier, output: 0 to 10 V ....................................4/11
Output isolating amplifier, output: 20 to +20 mA...........................4/11
Output isolating amplifier, output: 10 to 10 V ................................4/11
Coupling relay for binary output ......................................................4/11
- Motor-relevant options........................................................................4/11
Anti-condensation heating for motor, up to max. 2 000 W, 230 V...4/11
No output provided for a motor fan .................................................4/11
Setting range of the motor protection circuit breaker
for the motor fan .............................................................................4/11
Feeder for a second motor fan........................................................4/12
Matching transformer for the motor fan...........................................4/12
Evaluation of the brush length monitoring, limit value monitoring,
non-floating, with signaling brushes ...............................................4/12
Brush length monitoring, limit value monitoring, isolated................4/12
Air flow monitoring in the motor .......................................................4/12
Evaluation unit for the following temperature sensors: KTY84-130,
PT100 2-wire and 3-wire, PT1000 2-wire and 3-wire, NTC..............4/12
Overvoltage protection....................................................................4/13
- Monitoring functions........................................................................... 4/13
ARC detector (arcing detector)....................................................... 4/13
Fault current monitoring in the grounded line supplies
(TN or TT supply systems) .............................................................. 4/13
PTC evaluation device for alarm and fault for two sensors............. 4/13
Insulation monitoring in non-grounded line supplies (IT system)
with insulating monitoring device from the Bender company......... 4/14
Insulation monitoring in non-grounded line supplies (IT system)
with insulating monitoring device from the AREVA company ......... 4/14
CCP (Converter Commutation Protector) ........................................ 4/15
Monitoring the temperature inside the drive cabinet ...................... 4/15
- Supplementary modules .................................................................... 4/16
Customer terminal strip extension TM31......................................... 4/16
Customer terminal strip extension TM15......................................... 4/17
Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted SMC30 ...................................... 4/17
- Mechanical options............................................................................ 4/18
Base 100 mm high, RAL 7022 ........................................................ 4/18
Cable-marshalling space 200 mm high, RAL 7035 ........................ 4/18
Degree of protection IP21 ............................................................... 4/18
Degree of protection IP23 ............................................................... 4/19
Degree of protection IP43 ............................................................... 4/19
Degree of protection IP54 with filter elements ................................ 4/20
Degree of protection IP54 with climate control unit ........................ 4/20
Cabinet door closed, entry from below the bottom through
an opening in the floor .................................................................... 4/20
Additional shock hazard protection ................................................ 4/20
Marine version................................................................................. 4/20
Crane transport aid (mounted at the top) ....................................... 4/20
- Other options...................................................................................... 4/21
Equipment acceptance with customer present: visual acceptance .. 4/21
Equipment acceptance with customer present: customer-specific
acceptance .................................................................................... 4/21
Without Advanced Operator Panel AOP30..................................... 4/21
Commissioning interface (PROFIBUS) cabinet door access.......... 4/21
Extension of the liability for defects................................................. 4/21
Version according to UL Listing...................................................... 4/21
Customer-specific requirement ....................................................... 4/21
Special cabinet paint finish............................................................. 4/21
Labeling plate to identify the system, two lines, 40 180 mm....... 4/22
- Documentation................................................................................... 4/22
Customer documentation (circuit diagram, terminal diagram,
layout diagram) in the DXF format .................................................. 4/22
Customer documentation, paper .................................................... 4/22
Preliminary customer documentation.............................................. 4/22
Circuit diagram prepared for motor overtemperature monitoring
using a limit value transmitter.......................................................... 4/22
Circuit diagram prepared for motor temperature monitoring.......... 4/22
Circuit diagram prepared for speed actual value sensing
(pulse encoder)............................................................................... 4/22
Circuit diagram prepared for speed actual value sensing
(analog tachometer)........................................................................ 4/22
Documentation language................................................................ 4/22
- Packing .............................................................................................. 4/22
Packaging type: wooden crate ....................................................... 4/22
Packaging type: crate, packed for air freight.................................. 4/22
Packaging type: crate, seaworthy packaging ................................ 4/22
Packaging type: additional packaging data IPPC ISPM15
(according to country-specific regulations) .................................... 4/22
Overload capability ..................................................................................... 5/2
P
Precontrol .................................................................................................. 3/11
Protection against condensation................................................................. 5/8
R
Ramp-function generator .......................................................................... 3/11
S
Services....................................................................................................... 7/1
SINAMICS DCM demonstration case ..................................................... 7/2
- Overview .............................................................................................. 7/2
- Application ........................................................................................... 7/2
- Function................................................................................................ 7/2
- Technical specifications....................................................................... 7/2
- Selection and ordering data................................................................. 7/2
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Appendix
Subject index
8/4
Siemens D 23.2 2013
8
Industry Services.....................................................................................7/3
- Your machines and plant can do more with Industry Services .........7/3
- Industry Services for the entire life cycle .............................................7/4
Online Support...................................................................................7/4
Technical Support..............................................................................7/4
Spare Parts........................................................................................7/5
Repair Services .................................................................................7/5
Field Services ....................................................................................7/5
Training..............................................................................................7/6
Technical Consulting & Engineering Support....................................7/6
Energy & Environmental Services .....................................................7/6
Modernization & Optimization Services.............................................7/7
Plant Maintenance & Condition Monitoring .......................................7/7
Service Contracts ..............................................................................7/7
Training....................................................................................................7/8
- Overview...............................................................................................7/8
Faster and more applicable know-how: Hands-on training
from the manufacturer .......................................................................7/8
Highlights Siemens Industry Training................................................7/8
Range of training courses .......................................................................7/9
- Overview...............................................................................................7/9
SINAMICS DCM Service and commissioning ...................................7/9
SINAMICS DCM Upgrade for SIMOREG experts..............................7/9
SINAMICS DCM Servicing...............................................................7/10
SIMOREG DC-MASTER Servicing...................................................7/10
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet .............................................................................3/1
General information.................................................................................3/2
- Overview...............................................................................................3/2
- Benefits.................................................................................................3/3
- Application ...........................................................................................3/3
DC drive technology: Dynamic, rugged and cost effective ..............3/3
- Design ..................................................................................................3/4
Line connection .................................................................................3/5
Main switch for the armature circuit and auxiliary power supply ......3/5
Cable and semiconductor protection................................................3/5
Line contactor for armature and field ................................................3/5
DC converter including field module.................................................3/5
Motor connections.............................................................................3/5
Degrees of protection of drive cabinets ............................................3/5
- More information...................................................................................3/6
Siemens DC motors...........................................................................3/6
Ordering and technology ........................................................................3/7
- Selection and ordering data.................................................................3/7
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for two-quadrant operation...........3/7
SINAMICS DC MASTER Cabinet for four-quadrant operation...........3/8
- Function................................................................................................3/9
Operator control and visualization with AOP30.................................3/9
Communication..................................................................................3/9
Control terminal strip TMC.................................................................3/9
Terminals for the motor fan ..............................................................3/10
Terminals for the auxiliary supply ....................................................3/10
Closed-loop control functions..........................................................3/10
- Technical specifications .....................................................................3/13
General techical data ......................................................................3/13
400 V 3 AC, 60 to 210 A, two-quadrant operation...........................3/16
400 V 3 AC, 280 to 850 A, two-quadrant operation.........................3/17
400 V 3 AC, 1 200 to 3 000 A, two-quadrant operation...................3/18
480 V 3 AC, 60 to 280 A, two-quadrant operation...........................3/19
480 V 3 AC, 450 to 1 200 A, two-quadrant operation......................3/20
575 V 3 AC, 60 to 400 A, two-quadrant operation...........................3/21
575 V 3 AC, 600 to 1 600 A, two-quadrant operation......................3/22
575 V 3 AC, 2 000 to 2 800 A, two-quadrant operation...................3/23
690 V 3 AC, 720 to 2 600 A, two-quadrant operation......................3/24
830 V 3 AC, 950 to 1 900 A and 3 AC 950 V, 2 200 A,
two-quadrant operation ...................................................................3/25
400 V 3 AC, 15 to 90 A, four-quadrant operation ............................3/26
400 V 3 AC, 125 to 400 A, four-quadrant operation ........................3/27
400 V 3 AC, 600 to 1 600 A, four-quadrant operation .....................3/28
400 V 3 AC, 2 000 to 3 000 A, four-quadrant operation ..................3/29
480 V 3 AC, 15 to 90 A, four-quadrant operation ............................3/30
480 V 3 AC, 125 to 450 A, four-quadrant operation ........................3/31
480 V 3 AC, 600 to 1 200 A, four-quadrant operation .....................3/32
575 V 3 AC, 60 to 400 A, four-quadrant operation ..........................3/33
575 V 3 AC, 600 to 1 600 A, four-quadrant operation .....................3/34
575 V 3 AC, 2 000 to 2 800 A, four-quadrant operation ..................3/35
690 V 3 AC, 760 to 2 600 A, four-quadrant operation .....................3/36
830 V 3 AC, 950 to 1 900 A and 3 AC 950 V, 2 200 V,
four-quadrant operation...................................................................3/37
- Schematics......................................................................................... 3/38
Block diagrams ............................................................................... 3/38
Asignment of terminals and connectors ......................................... 3/42
Terminal Module Cabinet (TMC -X71, -X72).................................... 3/44
Terminals at the Terminal Module Cabinet X71/X72........................ 3/45
- More information ................................................................................ 3/47
Documentation for SINAMICS DC MASTER ................................... 3/47
Selection and ordering data, documentation on paper .................. 3/47
Selection and ordering data, documentation on DVD .................... 3/47
SINAMICS Link .......................................................................................... 3/12
SITOR .......................................................................................................... 2/5
SIZER WEB ENGINEERING ........................................................................ 6/2
Sizes ............................................................................................................ 3/2
Speed controller ........................................................................................ 3/11
Speed setpoint .......................................................................................... 3/10
Standards .................................................................................................. 3/14
STARTER ..................................................................................................... 6/2
Storage...................................................................................................... 3/14
Supply of high inductances......................................................................... 5/8
T
Terminals ................................................................................................... 3/42
TMC............................................................................................................. 3/9
Tools and engineering................................................................................. 6/1
Engineering tools .................................................................................... 6/2
- Overview .............................................................................................. 6/2
SIZER WEB ENGINEERING.................................................................... 6/2
- Overview .............................................................................................. 6/2
- More information .................................................................................. 6/2
DT Configurator selection tool ................................................................ 6/3
- Overview .............................................................................................. 6/3
- Selection and ordering data................................................................. 6/3
- More information .................................................................................. 6/3
STARTER commissioning tool ................................................................. 6/4
- Overview .............................................................................................. 6/4
- Integration ............................................................................................ 6/4
- Selection and ordering data................................................................. 6/5
- Accessories.......................................................................................... 6/5
Drive Control Chart (DCC) ...................................................................... 6/6
- Overview .............................................................................................. 6/6
- Selection and ordering data................................................................. 6/6
Drive ES engineering software................................................................ 6/7
- Overview .............................................................................................. 6/7
- Application ........................................................................................... 6/7
- Design.................................................................................................. 6/7
- Selection and ordering data................................................................. 6/8
- Options................................................................................................. 6/9
- More information .................................................................................. 6/9
Torque limitation......................................................................................... 3/11
Totally Integrated Automation. ..................................................................... 0/4
Totally Integrated Power. ............................................................................. 0/6
Touch protection........................................................................................ 3/15
Transport.................................................................................................... 3/14
Two-quadrant operation .............................................................. 3/7, 3/16, 5/6
V
Voltage derating ........................................................................................ 3/13
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Appendix
Order No. index
8/5
Siemens D 23.2 2013
8
6AU
6AU1810-1HA22-1XA0................................................................................6/6
6AU1810-1HA22-1XE0 ................................................................................6/6
6AU1810-1JA22-1XA0.................................................................................6/6
6AU1810-1JA22-1XE0.................................................................................6/6
6ES
6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0.................................................................................6/5
6GK
6GK1551-2AA00..........................................................................................6/5
6RM
6RM8013-6DV62-0AA0................................................................................3/8
6RM8013-6FV62-0AA0 ................................................................................3/8
6RM8018-6DV62-0AA0................................................................................3/8
6RM8018-6FV62-0AA0 ................................................................................3/8
6RM8025-6DS22-0AA0................................................................................3/7
6RM8025-6DV62-0AA0................................................................................3/8
6RM8025-6FS22-0AA0 ................................................................................3/7
6RM8025-6FV62-0AA0 ................................................................................3/8
6RM8025-6GS22-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/7
6RM8025-6GV62-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/8
6RM8028-6DS22-0AA0................................................................................3/7
6RM8028-6DV62-0AA0................................................................................3/8
6RM8028-6FS22-0AA0 ................................................................................3/7
6RM8028-6FV62-0AA0 ................................................................................3/8
6RM8031-6DS22-0AA0................................................................................3/7
6RM8031-6DV62-0AA0................................................................................3/8
6RM8031-6FS22-0AA0 ................................................................................3/7
6RM8031-6FV62-0AA0 ................................................................................3/8
6RM8031-6GS22-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/7
6RM8031-6GV62-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/8
6RM8075-6DS22-0AA0................................................................................3/7
6RM8075-6DV62-0AA0................................................................................3/8
6RM8075-6FS22-0AA0 ................................................................................3/7
6RM8075-6FV62-0AA0 ................................................................................3/8
6RM8075-6GS22-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/7
6RM8075-6GV62-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/8
6RM8078-6DS22-0AA0................................................................................3/7
6RM8078-6DV62-0AA0................................................................................3/8
6RM8078-6FS22-0AA0 ................................................................................3/7
6RM8078-6FV62-0AA0 ................................................................................3/8
6RM8081-6DS22-0AA0................................................................................3/7
6RM8081-6GS22-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/7
6RM8081-6DV62-0AA0................................................................................3/8
6RM8081-6GV62-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/8
6RM8082-6FS22-0AA0 ................................................................................3/7
6RM8082-6FV62-0AA0 ................................................................................3/8
6RM8085-6DS22-0AA0................................................................................3/7
6RM8085-6DV62-0AA0................................................................................3/8
6RM8085-6FS22-0AA0 ................................................................................3/7
6RM8085-6FV62-0AA0 ................................................................................3/8
6RM8085-6GS22-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/7
6RM8085-6GV62-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/8
6RM8086-6KS22-0AA0................................................................................3/7
6RM8086-6KV62-0AA0................................................................................3/8
6RM8087-6DS22-0AA0................................................................................3/7
6RM8087-6DV62-0AA0................................................................................3/8
6RM8087-6FS22-0AA0 ................................................................................3/7
6RM8087-6FV62-0AA0 ................................................................................3/8
6RM8087-6GS22-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/7
6RM8087-6GV62-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/8
6RM8088-6LS22-0AA0 ................................................................................3/7
6RM8088-6LV62-0AA0.................................................................................3/8
6RM8090-6GS22-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/7
6RM8090-6GV62-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/8
6RM8090-6KS22-0AA0................................................................................3/7
6RM8090-6KV62-0AA0................................................................................3/8
6RM8091-6DS22-0AA0................................................................................3/7
6RM8091-6DV62-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/8
6RM8091-6FS22-0AA0................................................................................ 3/7
6RM8091-6FV62-0AA0................................................................................ 3/8
6RM8093-4DS22-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/7
6RM8093-4DV62-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/8
6RM8093-4GS22-0AA0............................................................................... 3/7
6RM8093-4GV62-0AA0............................................................................... 3/8
6RM8093-4KS22-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/7
6RM8093-4KV62-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/8
6RM8093-4LS22-0AA0................................................................................ 3/7
6RM8093-4LV62-0AA0 ................................................................................ 3/8
6RM8095-4DS22-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/7
6RM8095-4DV62-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/8
6RM8095-4GS22-0AA0............................................................................... 3/7
6RM8095-4GV62-0AA0............................................................................... 3/8
6RM8095-4KS22-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/7
6RM8095-4KV62-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/8
6RM8095-4LS22-0AA0................................................................................ 3/7
6RM8095-4LV62-0AA0 ................................................................................ 3/8
6RM8096-4GS22-0AA0............................................................................... 3/7
6RM8096-4GV62-0AA0............................................................................... 3/8
6RM8096-4MS22-0AA0............................................................................... 3/7
6RM8096-4MV62-0AA0............................................................................... 3/8
6RM8097-4GS22-0AA0............................................................................... 3/7
6RM8097-4GV62-0AA0............................................................................... 3/8
6RM8097-4KS22-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/7
6RM8097-4KV62-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/8
6RM8098-4DS22-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/7
6RM8098-4DV62-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/8
6RX
6RX1800-0AD00........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0AD27........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0AD56........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0AD64........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0AD72........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0AD76........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0AD77........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0AD78........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0BD00........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0BD56........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0BD72........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0BD76........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0BD77........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0BD78........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0ED00........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0ED27........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0ED56........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0ED72........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0ED76........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0ED77........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0ED78........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0FD00 ........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0FD76 ........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0GD00 ....................................................................................... 3/47
6RX1800-0GD27 ....................................................................................... 3/47
6RX1800-0GD56 ....................................................................................... 3/47
6RX1800-0GD72 ....................................................................................... 3/47
6RX1800-0GD76 ....................................................................................... 3/47
6RX1800-0GD77 ....................................................................................... 3/47
6RX1800-0GD78 ....................................................................................... 3/47
6RX1800-0JD00 ........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0JD56 ........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0JD72 ........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0JD76 ........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0JD77 ........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0JD78 ........................................................................................ 3/47
6RX1800-0SD74........................................................................................ 3/47
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Appendix
Order No. index
8/6
Siemens D 23.2 2013
8
6RX1800-0SM05..........................................................................................7/2
6RX1800-0SV05...........................................................................................7/2
6SL
6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 ................................................................................6/5
6SW
6SW1700-0JA00-0AB2 .........................................................................6/8, 6/9
6SW1700-0JA00-1AB2 .........................................................................6/8, 6/9
6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2.........................................................................6/8, 6/9
6SW1700-5JA00-5AA0 ................................................................................6/8
6SW1700-5JA00-5AA1 ................................................................................6/8
6SW1700-5JA00-5AA4 ................................................................................6/8
6SW1700-5JC00-1AC0................................................................................6/8
6SW1700-5JC00-5AA0................................................................................6/8
6SW1700-5JC00-5AA4................................................................................6/8
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0.........................................................................6/8, 6/9
6SW1700-6JD00-1AA0................................................................................6/8
6SW1700-7JD00-0AA0................................................................................6/8
6SW1700-7JD00-0AA4................................................................................6/8
6SW1700-7JD00-1AA0................................................................................6/8
6SW1700-7JD00-1AA4................................................................................6/8
6SW1700-8JD00-0AA0................................................................................6/9
6SW1700-8JD00-0AA4................................................................................6/9
6SW1700-8JD01-1AA0................................................................................6/9
E86060
E86060-D4001-A500-D2..............................................................................6/3
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Appendix
List of abreviations
8/7
Siemens D 23.2 2013
8
AC ..................................................................................... Alternating Current
AOP30 ...................................................................Advanced Operator Panel
AWG ............................................................................ American Wire Gauge
BGV ............................................ Regulations of the professional association
........................................................(Berufsgenossenschaftliche Vorschriften)
BICO ............................................................. Binector/Connector Technology
BOP20 .......................................................................... Basic Operator Panel
CBE .............................................................................Communication Board
CDS ................................................................................. Command Data Set
CM .......................................................................................... Control Module
CU .................................................................................................Control Unit
CUD ....................................................................................... Control Unit DC
DC ............................................................................................. Direct Current
DCB ..................................................................................Drive Control Block
DCC .................................................................................. Drive Control Chart
DCM ............................................................................................ DC MASTER
DDS ......................................................................................... Drive Data Set
DIN .........................................................German Institute for Standardization
.............................................................. (Deutsches Institut fr Normung e.V.)
DRIVE-CLiQ ....................................................Drive Component Link with IQ
EMC ................................................................ Electromagnetic Compatibility
EMF .................................................................................Electromotive Force
EN .....................................................................................European standard
......................................................................................... (Europische Norm)
EPROM .................................... Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
E-STOP ................................................................................. Emergency Stop
ES ................................................................................... Engineering System
HTL ....................................................................... High-level Transistor Logic
IEC ............................................... International Electrotechnical Commission
IP .................................................................................International Protection
LCD .............................................................................. Liquid Crystal Display
LED ................................................................................. Light Emitting Diode
MTBF .................................................................. Mean Time Between Failure
OS ................................................................... Harmonics, Operating System
PC .....................................................................................Personal Computer
PCS ........................................................................... Process Control System
PDS ................................................................................. Power Drive System
PE .......................................................................................... Protective Earth
PG .................................................................................. Programming device
PKW ........................................................................Parameter identifier value
...............................................................................(Parameter Kennung Wert)
PTC .............................................................. Positive Temperature Coefficient
PZD ............................................................................................ Process data
................................................................................................. (Prozessdaten)
RAM ........................................................................ Random Access Memory
SMC30 .................................................................................... Sensor Module
SSO ........................................................................................ Single-Sign-On
TIA .................................................................... Totally Integrated Automation
TIP ............................................................................ Totally Integrated Power
TM15, TM31 .......................................................................... Terminal Module
TMC .........................................................................Terminal Module Cabinet
TTL ........................................................................Transistor Transistor Logic
UL ................................................................... Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
USS .......................................................................... Universal serial interface
.................................................................... (Universelle Serielle Schnittstelle)
UPS ...................................................................Uninterruptible Power Supply
VDE ................................... Association of Electrical Engineering, Electronics
...........................................................and Information Technology (Germany)
.................... (Verband der Elektrotechnik Elektronik Informationstechnik e.V.)
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Appendix
Partners at
Industry Automation and Drive Technologies
8/8
Siemens D 23.2 2013
8
At Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies, more
than 85 000 people are resolutely pursuing the same goal: long-
term improvement of your competitive ability. We are committed
to this goal. Thanks to our commitment, we continue to set new
standards in automation and drive technology. In all industries
worldwide.
At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,
training, service, support, spare parts ... on the entire Industry
Automation and Drive Technologies range.
Your personal contact can be found in our Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
You start by selecting a
Product group,
Country,
City,
Service.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Appendix
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on DVD
8/9
Siemens D 23.2 2013
8
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies in the WWW
A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies has
therefore built up a comprehensive range of information in the
World Wide Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data
required.
Under the address
www.siemens.com/industry
you will find everything you need to know about products,
systems and services.
Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog CA 01 of Industry
Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80 000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Industry
Automation and Drive Technologies product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found in the
Internet under
www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on DVD.
Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall
The Industry Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG
on the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of prod-
ucts presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and
attractive way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from
selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried
out online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the
required products, which can be immediately checked for avail-
ability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes
can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the Industry Mall on the Internet under:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Appendix
Information and Download Center
Social Media, Mobile Media
8/10
Siemens D 23.2 2013
8
Downloading Catalogs
In addition to numerous other useful documents, you can also
find the catalogs listed on the back inside cover of this catalog
in the Information and Download Center. Without having to reg-
ister, you can download these catalogs in PDF format or increas-
ingly as digital page-turning e-books.
The filter dialog box above the first catalog displayed makes it
possible to carry out targeted searches. If you enter "MD 3" for
example, you will find both the MD 30.1 and MD 31.3 catalogs.
If you enter "ST 70" both the ST 70 catalog and the associated
news or add-ons are displayed.
Visit us on the web at:
www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter
Social Media
Connect with Siemens through social media: visit our social
networking sites for a wealth of useful information, demos on
products and services, the opportunity to provide feedback,
to exchange information and ideas with customers and other
Siemens employees, and much, much more. Stay in the know
and follow us on the ever-expanding global network of social
media.
Connect with Siemens Industry at our central access point:
www.siemens.com/industry/socialmedia
Or via our product pages at:
www.siemens.com/automation
or
www.siemens.com/drives
To find out more about Siemens' current social media activities
visit us at:
www.siemens.com/socialmedia
Mobile Media
Discover the world of Siemens.
We are also constantly expanding our offering of cross-platform
apps for smartphones and tablets. You will find the current
Siemens apps at the app store (iOS) or at Google Play (Android).
The Siemens app, for example, tells you all about the history,
latest developments and future plans of the company with
informative pictures, fascinating reports and the most recent
press releases.
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Appendix
Notes
8/11
Siemens D 23.2 2013
8
Siemens AG 2013
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
8/12
Siemens D 23.2 2013
8
1. General Provisions
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the
following Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter
referred to as "T&C"). Please note that the scope, the quality and
the conditions for supplies and services, including software
products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office
outside Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General
Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The
following T&C apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft, Germany.
1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany, the
following applies subordinate to the T&C:
the "General Terms of Payment"
1)
and,
for software products, the "General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or Registered Office in Germany"
1)
and,
for other supplies and services, the "General Conditions for
the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and
Electronics Industry"
1)
.
1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany,
the following applies subordinate to the T&C:
the "General Terms of Payment"
1)
and,
for software products, the "General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"
1)
and
for other supplies and/or services, the "General Conditions for
Supplies of Siemens Industry for Customers with a Seat or
Registered Office outside of Germany"
1)
.
2. Prices
The prices are in (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of
packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
It shall be charged separately at the respective rate according
to the applicable statutory legal regulations.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charget
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g.
silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym),
surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called
metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A
surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a
supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price
of the raw material in question is exceeded.
The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price
(for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges
on the price of the product are applied, and with what method
of calculation.
An exact explanation of the metal factor can be downloaded at:
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium
and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which
the order was received or the release order was effected is used.
To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and
neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic
average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was
received or the release order was effected is used with a one-
month buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the
explanation of the metal factor).
3. Additional Terms and Conditions
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the
German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches
apply only to devices for export.
Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this
catalog especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights
given these are subject to change without prior notice.
4. Export regulations
We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such
fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of
national or international foreign trade or customs requirements
or any embargoes and/or other sanctions.
Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to licensing
requirements. We will indicate in the delivery details whether
licenses are required under German, European and US export
lists. Goods labeled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to
European or German export authorization when being exported
out of the EU. Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are
subject to US re-export authorization.
The export indications can be viewed in advance in the
description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our
online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN"
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices
are authoritative.
Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authori-
zation may be required i .a. due to the final disposition and
intended use of goods.
If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or
technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless
of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services
(including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a
third party worldwide, you must comply with all applicable
national and international (re-)export control regulations.
If required for the purpose of conducting export control checks,
you (upon request by us) shall promptly provide us with all infor-
mation pertaining to the particular end customer, final dispo-
sition and intended use of goods delivered by us respectively
works and services provided by us, as well as to any export
control restrictions existing in this relation.
The products listed in this catalog may be subject to
European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export
requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the
relevant authorities.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
1) The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG can be
downloaded at
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
Siemens AG 2013
Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low-Voltage Power Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices
listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
System Solutions
Interactive Catalog on DVD
Catalog
Products for Automation and Drives CA 01
Building Control
GAMMA Building Control ET G1
Drive Systems
Variable-Speed Drives
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
D 11
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150
Medium-Voltage Converters
D 12
ROBICON Perfect Harmony
Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives
Germany Edition
D 15.1
Digital: SINAMICS G180
Converters Compact Units, Cabinet Systems,
Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled
D 18.1
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and
Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units
D 21.3
SINAMICS DCM Converter Units D 23.1
SINAMICS and Motors for Single-Axis Drives D 31
Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV,
SIMOTICS TN
Series H-compact
Series H-compact PLUS
D 84.1
Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet
Technology, HT-direct
D 86.2
DC Motors DA 12
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis
Converters
DA 21.1
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2
Digital: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital
Converter Cabinet Units
DA 22
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
DA 65.3
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4
Note: Additional catalogs on SIMODRIVE or SINAMICS
drive systems and SIMOTICS motors with SINUMERIK
and SIMOTION can be found under Motion Control
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors D 81.1
MOTOX Geared Motors D 87.1
SIMOGEAR Geared Motors MD 50.1
Mechanical Driving Machines
FLENDER Standard Couplings MD 10.1
FLENDER High Performance Couplings MD 10.2
FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear unit MD 30.1
FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units MD 31.1
Process Instrumentation and Analytics
Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
Digital: SIPART Controllers and Software MP 31
Products for Weighing Technology WT 10
Digital: Process Analytical Instruments PA 01
Digital: Process Analytics,
Components for the System Integration
PA 11
Digital: These catalogs are only available as a PDF
and/or as an e-book.
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
Electrical Installation Technology
Catalog
SENTRON Protection, Switching, Measuring and
Monitoring Devices
LV 10.1
SIVACON ALPHA Switchboards and
Distribution Systems
LV 10.2
Standards-Compliant Components for
Photovoltaic Plants
LV 11
3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A LV 35
3VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A LV 36
Digital: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting
and System Air-Conditioning
LV 50
Digital: ALPHA Distribution Systems LV 51
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks LV 52
SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards LV 56
SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70
Motion Control
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE
Automation Systems for Machine Tools
NC 60
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS
Equipment for Machine Tools
NC 61
SINUMERIK 840D sl Type 1B
Equipment for Machine Tools
NC 62
SINUMERIK 808D, SINAMICS V60 and G120,
SIMOTICS 1FL5 and 1LE1
NC 81.1
SINUMERIK 828D BASIC T/BASIC M,
SINAMICS S120 Combi, 1FK7 and 1PH8 motors
NC 82
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS
Equipment for Production Machines
PM 21
Drive and Control Components for Cranes CR 1
Power Supply and System Cabling
Power supply SITOP KT 10.1
Safety Integrated
Safety Technology for Factory Automation SI 10
SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation
Human Machine Interface Systems/
PC-based Automation
ST 80/
ST PC
SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identification Systems ID 10
SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
Products for Totally Integrated Automation ST 70
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
ST PCS 7.1
Digital: Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
ST PCS 7.2
SIMATIC NET
Industrial Communication IK PI
SINVERT Photovoltaics
Inverters and Components for Photovoltaic Installations RE 10
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 10
Information and Download Center
PDF versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter
Please note the section "Downloading catalogs" on page
"Online services" in the appendix of this catalog.
Siemens AG 2013
Get more information
The drives family SINAMICS:
www.siemens.com/sinamics
SINAMICS DCM:
www.siemens.com/sinamics-dcm
Local partners worldwide:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or
characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not
always apply as described or which may change as a result of
further development of the products. An obligation to provide
the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in
the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are
subject to change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names
of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third
parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of
the owners.
Token fee: 5.00
Siemens AG
Industry Sector
Drive Technologies Division
Large Drives
Postfach 48 48
90026 NRNBERG
GERMANY
Subject to change without prior notice
Order No. E86060-K5523-A121-A2-7600
MP.R2.LD.D232.00.3.02 / Dispo 18402
KG 0513 3. AUM 140 En
Printed in Germany
Siemens AG 2013
www.siemens.com/drives
Siemens AG 2013

You might also like